Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

strong connection

  • 1 strong connection

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > strong connection

  • 2 прочный связь

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > прочный связь

  • 3 fuerte

    adj.
    1 strong (persona, viento).
    un medicamento muy fuerte a very powerful medicine
    está demasiado fuerte it's on too loud
    4 tight (nudo).
    5 strong.
    es una empresa fuerte en el sector the company's strong in this sector
    una moneda fuerte a strong currency
    6 large, considerable (grande) (cantidad).
    una fuerte presencia de artistas europeos a large contingent of European artists
    adv.
    3 loudly.
    4 strong.
    m.
    1 fort.
    2 strong point, forte (punto fuerte).
    su fuerte son las matemáticas mathematics is his forte
    3 fortress, fort, bastille, fortification.
    * * *
    1 (gen) strong
    2 (en asignatura) strong, good
    3 (viento) strong; (lluvia, nevada) heavy; (tormenta, seísmo) severe; (calor) intense
    4 (escena - violento) violent; (- escandaloso) shocking; (- inquietante) disturbing
    5 (dolor, enfermedad) severe, bad
    6 (golpe) hard, heavy
    7 (sonido) loud
    8 (subida) steep, sharp; (bajada) sharp
    9 (discusión) heated, violent; (protesta) violent, vigorous; (polémica) bitter; (aplauso) loud, thunderous
    10 (presión) intense; (influencia) powerful, strong
    13 (color) intense
    14 (contraste) marked, sharp; (tendency) strong, marked
    15 (cosa fija) stiff, tight
    2 (punto fuerte) forte, strong point
    1 (mucho) a lot
    3 (volumen) loud
    \
    ¡abrázame fuerte! hold me tight!
    estar fuerte en algo to be good at something
    ¡habla más fuerte! speak up!
    * * *
    1. adv.
    1) hard
    2. adj.
    2) loud
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [persona]
    a) [físicamente] [gen] strong; (=robusto) sturdy, powerfully built; euf (=obeso) large
    b) [emocionalmente] strong, tough

    hemos de ser fuertes ante la adversidadwe must be strong o tough in the face of adversity

    c)

    estar fuerte en filosofía/historia — [estudiante] to be strong in philosophy/history

    2) (=intenso)
    a) [sabor, olor, viento] strong; [dolor, calor] intense; [lluvia] heavy; [ejercicio] strenuous
    b) [explosión, voz, ruido] loud; [golpe] heavy, hard; [acento] strong, thick
    c) [color] (=no pálido) strong; (=llamativo) bright
    d) [impresión] strong, powerful; [deseo] strong, deep; [fe, objeción] strong; [discusión] heated
    e) [abrazo, beso] big

    un beso muy fuerte[en cartas] lots of love

    un fuerte abrazo, Carmen — best wishes, Carmen; [más cariñoso] love, Carmen

    3) [bebida, medicamento] strong; [comida] (=pesada) heavy; (=indigesta) indigestible

    nunca toma cosas fuertes, solo cerveza y vino — he never drinks spirits o the hard stuff *, just beer and wine

    4) (=resistente) [cuerda, tela] strong; [economía, moneda, país] strong
    5) (=importante) [aumento, bajada] sharp; [crisis] serious, severe; [pérdidas] large, substantial
    6) (=impactante) [escena] shocking, disturbing

    me dijo cosas muy fuertes que no podría repetir ahorashe said some harsh o nasty * things that I couldn't repeat now

    -lo llamó a la oficina y lo despidió en el acto -¡qué fuerte! — * "he called him at the office and fired him there and then" - "that's outrageous o appalling!"

    7)

    hacerse fuerte(=protegerse) to hole up; (=volverse fuerte) to gain strength

    8) [terreno] rough, difficult
    9) Chile (=apestoso) [persona] stinky

    ser o estar fuerte a algo — to stink of sth

    2. ADV
    1) (=con fuerza) [golpear] hard; [abrazar] tight, tightly

    jugar fuerte — (lit) to gamble heavily; (fig) to take a gamble

    2) (=en voz alta) [hablar, tocar] loud, loudly

    ¡más fuerte! ¡que no se le oye aquí atrás! — speak up! we can't hear at the back

    3) (=gran cantidad)
    3. SM
    1) (Mil) fort
    2) (Mús) forte
    3) (=especialidad) forte, strong point
    4) Chile (=bebida) hard liquor, hard stuff *
    * * *
    I
    1) < persona>
    a) ( físicamente) strong

    es un hombre fuertísimo or fortísimo — he's an exeptionally strong man

    b) ( moralmente) strong

    hacerse fuerteto pull oneself together

    c) ( en asignatura) strong

    no estoy muy fuerte en ese tema/en física — I'm not very strong on that topic/in physics (colloq)

    2) ( resistente) <tela/cuerda> strong
    3)
    a) < viento> strong; < terremoto> severe; <lluvia/nevada> heavy
    b) < dolor> intense, bad; < resfriado> bad

    un fuerte golpea heavy o hard blow

    c) <abrazo/beso> big
    4) < ruido> loud
    5)
    a) <olor/sabor> strong
    b) <licor/medicina> strong
    c) < comida> heavy
    6) < acento> strong, thick
    7) ( violento) < discusión> violent, heated

    me dijo que era un inútil - qué fuerte! — (fam) he said I was useless - that's a bit much (AmE) o (BrE) a bit over the top!

    8)
    a) ( poderoso) <nación/empresa/equipo> strong
    b) < moneda> strong
    9) (Ling) < vocal> stressed
    II
    1) <golpear/empujar> hard; <agarrar/apretar> tightly; < llover> heavily
    2) < hablar> loudly
    3) ( mucho)
    4) <jugar/apostar> heavily
    III
    1) (Mil) fort
    2) ( especialidad) strong point, forte
    * * *
    I
    1) < persona>
    a) ( físicamente) strong

    es un hombre fuertísimo or fortísimo — he's an exeptionally strong man

    b) ( moralmente) strong

    hacerse fuerteto pull oneself together

    c) ( en asignatura) strong

    no estoy muy fuerte en ese tema/en física — I'm not very strong on that topic/in physics (colloq)

    2) ( resistente) <tela/cuerda> strong
    3)
    a) < viento> strong; < terremoto> severe; <lluvia/nevada> heavy
    b) < dolor> intense, bad; < resfriado> bad

    un fuerte golpea heavy o hard blow

    c) <abrazo/beso> big
    4) < ruido> loud
    5)
    a) <olor/sabor> strong
    b) <licor/medicina> strong
    c) < comida> heavy
    6) < acento> strong, thick
    7) ( violento) < discusión> violent, heated

    me dijo que era un inútil - qué fuerte! — (fam) he said I was useless - that's a bit much (AmE) o (BrE) a bit over the top!

    8)
    a) ( poderoso) <nación/empresa/equipo> strong
    b) < moneda> strong
    9) (Ling) < vocal> stressed
    II
    1) <golpear/empujar> hard; <agarrar/apretar> tightly; < llover> heavily
    2) < hablar> loudly
    3) ( mucho)
    4) <jugar/apostar> heavily
    III
    1) (Mil) fort
    2) ( especialidad) strong point, forte
    * * *
    fuerte1

    Ex: Had he consulted an Indian history, he would have found, for instance, that what the Britannica called the Fort Phil Kearney massacre the Indians call the 'Battle of the Hundred Slain'.

    * defender el fuerte = hold + the fortress.

    fuerte2
    2 = robust, strong [stronger -comp., strongest -sup.], sturdy [sturdier -comp., sturdiest -sup.], loud [louder -comp., loudest -sup.], hefty [heftier -comp., heftiest -sup.], tight [tighter -comp., tightest -sup.], forte, brawny [brawnier -comp., brawniest -sup.], buoyant, hard-wearing, strong point, nippy [nippier -comp., nippiest -sup.].

    Ex: Although microcomputers are relatively robust, they do not take kindly to frequent moves from one location to another, particularly on wheeled trollies.

    Ex: In fact, the 1979 index figures show a strong contrast between the hardback and paperback turnovers, with the hardback market being down and the paperback market up.
    Ex: Here came every sort of human ingredient -- sturdy homesteaders, skilled craftsmen, precious scoundrels.
    Ex: Visitors would be surprised by the loud creaking and groaning of the presses as the timbers gave and rubbed against each other.
    Ex: This new font had increased contrast and x-height in the lower case and a hefty set of capitals = Este nuevo tipo de letra había aumentado el contraste y el ojo medio de las minúsculas y las mayúsculas eran voluminosas.
    Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.
    Ex: Statistical analysis has long been a forte of sociological & social research.
    Ex: This revolutionary syndicalist union consistently supported the most downtrodden & oppressed, & encouraged a cult of the unspoiled, heroic brawny proletarian with raw courage & 'natural' virtues.
    Ex: The foreign relations of the Community will probably remain a buoyant area.
    Ex: The manufacturers of this type of artificial turf say that while the grass is soft and springy underfoot it is extremely tough and hard-wearing.
    Ex: One of the strong points of the DIALOG service is the documentation.
    Ex: Blend cream cheese with prepared horseradish for a nippy taste.
    * amarillo fuerte = bright yellow.
    * andar pisando fuerte = go from + strength to strength, make + a big impact.
    * apretar fuerte = bear down on.
    * bebida alcohólica fuerte = hard drink, hard liquor.
    * caja fuerte = safe, safety deposit box.
    * combinación de la caja fuerte = safe code, safe combination.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.
    * delgado y fuerte = wiry.
    * demasiado fuerte = over-strong.
    * de olor fuerte = strong-smelling.
    * fuerte como un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * fuerte como un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * fuertes lluvias = heavy rain.
    * fuerte viento = strong wind.
    * golpear fuerte = wallop, whack.
    * golpe fuerte = whack.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * iluminación fuerte = task lighting.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * mar fuerte = heavy sea.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * naranja fuerte = bright orange.
    * olor fuerte y penetrante = tang.
    * pegar fuerte = pack + a wallop.
    * pisar fuerte = go from + strength to strength, make + a big impact, stomp.
    * plato fuerte = main dish, strong point, entrée, main entrée.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * punto fuerte = strength.
    * sabor fuerte y penetrante = tang.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tener una personalidad muy fuerte = be full of character.
    * tener un carácter muy fuerte = be full of character.
    * un fuerte sentimiento de = a strong sense of.
    * viento fuerte = high wind.

    fuerte3
    3 = tangy [tangier - comp., tangiest -sup.].

    Ex: The most boring meal can be pepped up with spicy and tangy herbs.

    * * *
    A ‹persona›
    nunca ha sido muy fuerte he has never been very strong
    es un hombre fuertísimo or fortísimo he's an exceptionally strong man
    2 (moralmente) strong
    hacerse fuerte to pull oneself together
    no estoy muy fuerte en ese tema I'm not very strong on o well up on that topic ( colloq)
    anda muy fuerte en física he's doing very well in physics
    B (resistente) ‹tela/cuerda› strong
    una caja bien fuerte a good, sturdy o strong box
    una valla alta y fuerte a tall, sturdy o strong fence
    C
    1 ‹viento› strong; ‹terremoto› severe; ‹lluvia/nevada› heavy
    2 ‹dolor› intense, bad; ‹resfriado› bad
    un fuerte golpe a heavy o hard blow
    3 ‹abrazo/beso› big
    D ‹ruido› loud
    la radio está muy fuerte, bájale el volumen the radio's too loud, turn it down
    E
    1 ‹olor/sabor› strong
    2 ‹licor› strong; ‹medicina› strong
    3 ‹comida› heavy
    F ‹acento› strong, thick
    G
    (violento): tiene escenas muy fuertes it has some very shocking o disturbing scenes
    me dijo que no valía para nada — ¡qué fuerte! ( fam); he said I was absolutely useless — strong o harsh words!
    tuvieron una discusión fortísima or fuertísima they had a violent o heated argument
    H
    1 (poderoso) ‹nación/empresa/equipo› strong
    es algo más fuerte que yo, no puedo dejar de hacerlo it's stronger than I am, I can't stop o give it up
    2 ‹moneda› strong
    3
    (importante): una fuerte suma de dinero a large sum of money
    un fuerte contingente de la policía a strong police contingent
    un fuerte incremento de precio a sharp price increase
    le recetó una fuerte dosis de analgésicos she prescribed a heavy dose of painkillers
    I ( Ling) ‹vocal› stressed
    J
    ( Chi fam) (hediondo): ¡qué fuerte andas! you stink! ( colloq)
    es fuerte de patas his feet stink ( colloq)
    A ‹golpear/empujar› hard; ‹agarrar/apretar› tightly; ‹llover› heavily
    una canción que está pegando fuerte a song that's a big hit at the moment
    B ‹hablar› loudly
    pon la radio más fuerte turn the radio up
    C
    (abundantemente): desayunar fuerte to have a big breakfast
    D ‹jugar/apostar› heavily
    A ( Mil) fort
    B (especialidad) strong point, forte
    C ( Chi fam) (licor) hard stuff ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    fuerte adjetivo
    1 ( en general) strong;
    un equipo/una cuerda fuerte a strong team/rope

    2
    a) viento strong;

    terremoto severe;
    lluvia/nevada heavy
    b) dolor intense, bad;

    golpe heavy;
    resfriado bad;
    abrazo/beso big
    c)ruido/música loud

    d)olor/sabor/medicina strong;

    comida/dosis heavy
    e) acento strong, thick

    3 ( violento) ‹ discusión violent, heated;
    película/escena shocking
    ■ adverbio
    1golpear/empujar hard;
    agarrar/apretar tightly;
    llover heavily
    2 hablar loudly;

    habla más fuerte speak up
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    a) (Mil) fort


    fuerte
    I adjetivo
    1 strong
    2 (intenso) (dolor) severe
    (color) intense
    3 (excesivo) strong
    (comida) heavy: el café es muy fuerte para la niña, coffee is too strong for the child
    4 (volumen) loud
    5 (impactante) (escenas) violent, grisly
    (comentarios) serious
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (fortificación) fort
    2 (punto fuerte) forte, strong point
    III adv (con fuerza, con violencia) hard: el viento sopla fuerte, the wind is blowing hard
    (con intensidad, apretadamente) tight: ¡agárrate fuerte!, hold on tight!
    (en cantidad) tienes que desayunar fuerte, you have to have a good breakfast
    (más alto) louder: ¡habla más fuerte!, speak up!
    ' fuerte' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acento
    - agarrarse
    - animal
    - caja
    - campeonato
    - conmoción
    - débil
    - diezmar
    - dirigir
    - espanto
    - estirón
    - férrea
    - férreo
    - frágil
    - fulminante
    - grande
    - hacer
    - opresión
    - pisar
    - plato
    - relumbrón
    - resistente
    - reventar
    - sacudida
    - suave
    - sujetar
    - tirón
    - torta
    - tortazo
    - trompazo
    - viento
    - abrazar
    - agarrar
    - apariencia
    - bajón
    - caer
    - carácter
    - codazo
    - combinación
    - comida
    - constitución
    - crecida
    - dispositivo
    - estridente
    - fortín
    - golpe
    - impulso
    - indignación
    - indignado
    English:
    A
    - agony
    - ale
    - aloud
    - backbone
    - bad
    - balance
    - bang
    - bash
    - beat down
    - best
    - blare
    - bond
    - boo
    - break into
    - burly
    - crack
    - dish
    - fluid
    - forte
    - fresh
    - fuck
    - great
    - grip
    - hard
    - hard currency
    - heady
    - heavy
    - high
    - highlight
    - hold
    - hold on
    - hug
    - iron
    - keen
    - liaison
    - loud
    - lung
    - must
    - point
    - potent
    - powerful
    - press
    - resilient
    - robust
    - rugged
    - safe
    - sing up
    - slight
    - slog
    * * *
    adj
    1. [persona] [físicamente] strong;
    estar fuerte como un roble to be as strong as an ox
    2. [persona] [psicológicamente] strong;
    tiene un carácter muy fuerte she has a strong character
    3.
    hacerse fuerte en Mil to make one's stronghold in;
    Fig
    el equipo se hizo fuerte en su área the team fell back into their own half
    4. [material] strong;
    necesito un tejido fuerte I need a strong material
    5. [viento] strong;
    [lluvia] heavy
    6. [intenso] [frío, dolor, color] intense;
    [golpe, pelea] hard
    7. [medicamento] powerful
    8. [influyente, sólido] strong;
    es una empresa fuerte en el sector the company's strong in this sector;
    una moneda fuerte a strong currency;
    fuertes razones powerful reasons
    9. [violento, impactante] powerful, shocking;
    lenguaje fuerte strong language;
    un chiste fuerte a crude joke;
    algunas de las escenas son muy fuertes some of the scenes are very shocking
    10. [grande] large, considerable;
    una fuerte cantidad de dinero a large o considerable amount of money;
    una fuerte presencia de artistas caribeños a large contingent of Caribbean artists
    11. [comida] [pesado] heavy;
    [picante] hot
    12. [nudo] tight
    13. [sílaba] accented, stressed
    14. [vocal] strong
    15. [versado]
    estoy fuerte en idiomas I'm good at languages
    16. [alto] [sonido] loud;
    la televisión está demasiado fuerte the television is on too loud
    17. Fam [increíble] astonishing, amazing;
    ¡qué fuerte! [fabuloso] wow!, amazing!;
    [terrible] how awful!, oh no!;
    …y después me insultó – ¡qué fuerte! …and then he insulted me – that's awful o terrible!
    adv
    1. [intensamente] hard;
    [abrazar, agarrar] tight;
    está nevando fuerte it's snowing hard o heavily;
    lo ató bien fuerte she tied it tight;
    chuta fuerte he has a powerful kick
    2. [abundantemente] a lot;
    en España se suele almorzar fuerte in Spain, people usually have a big meal at lunchtime
    3. [en voz alta] loudly;
    ¿podría hablar más fuerte? could you speak louder?
    nm
    1. [fortificación] fort
    2. [especialidad] strong point, forte;
    su fuerte son las matemáticas mathematics is his forte
    * * *
    I adj
    1 strong
    2 dolor intense; lluvia heavy
    3 aumento sharp
    4 ruido loud
    5
    :
    estoy fuerte en idiomas I’m good at languages
    incredible fam ;
    ¡qué fuerte!, ¡esto es muy fuerte! fam God, this is awful! fam
    II adv hard;
    hablar fuerte speak loudly;
    jugar fuerte bet heavily
    III m MIL fort;
    hacerse fuerte dig o.s. in
    * * *
    fuerte adv
    1) : strongly, tightly, hard
    2) : loudly
    3) : abundantly
    fuerte adj
    1) : strong
    2) : intense
    un fuerte dolor: an intense pain
    3) : loud
    4) : extreme, excessive
    fuerte nm
    1) : fort, stronghold
    2) : forte, strong point
    * * *
    fuerte1 adj
    1. (en general) strong
    2. (dolor) severe
    3. (voz, ruido) loud
    4. (golpe) hard
    5. (comida) heavy [comp. heavier; superl. heaviest]
    6. (imágenes) violent
    ¡qué fuerte! how awful!
    fuerte2 adv
    1. (con fuerza) hard
    2. (hablar) loud / loudly
    3. (sujetar) tight
    fuerte3 n
    2. (punto sobresaliente) strong point

    Spanish-English dictionary > fuerte

  • 4 тесная связь

    1) General subject: close link, entwinement, intimacy, liaison
    3) Engineering: solder
    4) Law: germaneness

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > тесная связь

  • 5 прочный связь

    Sokrat personal > прочный связь

  • 6 прочная связь

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > прочная связь

  • 7 прочность связи

    Русско-английский новый политехнический словарь > прочность связи

  • 8 romper

    v.
    1 to break.
    romper algo en pedazos to break/smash/tear something to pieces
    Eso rompe huesos That breaks bones.
    Su voz rompe el silencio His voice breaks the silence.
    2 to break.
    3 to break (empezar) (día).
    al romper el alba o día at daybreak
    romper a hacer algo to suddenly start doing something
    romper a llorar to burst into tears
    romper a reír to burst out laughing
    4 to break (olas).
    5 to wear out.
    6 to break (interrumpir) (monotonía, silencio, hábito).
    7 to break off.
    Su ira rompe nuestra amistad His anger breaks off our friendship.
    8 to tear, to tear up.
    Ellos rompieron los papeles They tore the papers.
    * * *
    (pp roto,-a)
    1 (gen) to break; (papel, tela) to tear; (cristal, loza) to smash, shatter
    2 (rajar, reventar) to split
    3 (gastar) to wear out
    4 (relaciones) to break off
    5 figurado (ley) to break, violate; (contrato) to break
    6 figurado (cerca, límite) to break through, break down
    7 (empezar) to initiate, begin
    8 figurado (interrumpir) to break, interrupt
    9 (mar, aire) to cleave
    1 (acabar - con algo) to break; (- con alguien) to split up, US break up
    2 (olas, día) to break
    3 (flores) to bloom, blossom
    4 romper a + inf figurado (empezar) to burst out
    5 romper en + sust figurado (prorrumpir) to burst into
    1 (gen) to break
    2 (papel, tela) to tear, rip
    3 (rajarse, reventarse) to split
    4 (desgastarse) to wear out
    5 (coche) to break down
    \
    de rompe y rasga familiar resolute, determined
    romper con alguien to quarrel with somebody, fall out with somebody
    romper el fuego MILITAR to open fire
    romper el hielo figurado to break the ice
    romperle la cara a alguien / romperle las narices a alguien familiar to smash somebody's face in
    romperse la cabeza (pensar) to rack one's brains 2 (herirse) to split one's head open
    romperse por la mitad to break in half, split in half
    * * *
    verb
    2) smash, shatter
    3) rip, tear
    * * *
    (pp roto)
    1. VT
    1) (=partir, destrozar)
    a) [intencionadamente] [+ juguete, mueble, cuerda] to break; [+ rama] to break, break off; [+ vaso, jarrón, cristal] to break, smash
    b) (=rasgar) [+ tela, vestido, papel] to tear, rip

    ¡cuidado, que vas a romper las cortinas! — careful, you'll tear o rip the curtains!

    c) [por el uso] [+ zapatos, ropa] to wear out
    d) [+ barrera] (lit) to break down, break through; (fig) to break down
    e)

    romper aguas —

    - romper la cara a algn

    no haber roto un plato —

    de rompe y rasga —

    esquema, molde
    2) (=terminar) [+ equilibrio, silencio, maleficio, contrato] to break; [+ relaciones, amistad] to break off

    romper el servicio a algn — (Tenis) to break sb's service

    3) (Mil) [+ línea, cerco] to break, break through

    ¡rompan filas! — fall out!

    4) (Agr) [+ tierra] to break, break up
    5) Arg, Uru *** (=molestar) to piss off ***
    2. VI
    1) [olas] to break
    2) (=salir) [diente] to come through; [capullo, flor] to come out

    romper entre algo — to break through sth, burst through sth

    3) [alba, día] to break

    al romper el alba — at crack of dawn, at daybreak

    4) (=empezar)

    romper a hacer algo — to (suddenly) start doing sth, (suddenly) start to do sth

    5) (=separarse) [pareja, novios] to split up

    romper con[+ novio, amante] to split up with, break up with; [+ amigo, familia] to fall out with; [+ aliado] to break off relations with; [+ tradición, costumbre, pasado] to break with; [+ imagen, tópico, leyenda] to break away from

    ha roto con su novioshe has broken o split up with her boyfriend

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <loza/mueble> to break; < ventana> to break, smash; <lápiz/cuerda> to break, snap
    b) < puerta> ( tirándola abajo) to break down; ( para que quede abierta) to break open
    c) <hoja/póster> ( rasgar) to tear; ( en varios pedazos) to tear up
    d) < camisa> to tear, split
    2)
    a) <silencio/monotonía> to break; < tranquilidad> to disturb
    b) <promesa/pacto> to break; <relaciones/compromiso> to break off
    2.
    romper vi
    1)
    a) olas to break
    b) (liter) alba to break; flores to open, burst open

    al romper el día — at daybreak, at the crack of dawn

    c) ( empezar)

    romper A + INF — to begin o start to + inf

    rompió a llorar/reír — she burst into tears/burst out laughing

    2) novios to break up, split up

    romper CON algn con novio to split o break up with sb

    romper CON algo con el pasado to break with sth; con tradición to break away from sth

    de rompe y rasga< decidir> suddenly

    3.
    romperse verbo pronominal
    a) vaso/plato to break, smash, get broken o smashed; papel to tear, rip, get torn o ripped; televisor/ascensor (RPl) to break down
    b) pantalones/zapatos to wear out
    c) (refl) <brazo/pierna> to break
    * * *
    = break, break down, rupture, rip off, fracture, rip.
    Ex. The document arrangement adopted is often broken, in the sense that documents in libraries are rarely shelved in one single and self-evident sequence.
    Ex. It describes our experience in combatting mould which grew as a result of high humidity and temperatures when the air conditioning system broke down for several days after several days of rain.
    Ex. In conversing with her you hadn't got to tread lightly and warily, lest at any moment you might rupture the relationship, and tumble into eternal disgrace.
    Ex. Within the social sciences psychology journals are the most ripped off.
    Ex. He will miss a month after fracturing his hand in practice.
    Ex. He punched her in the head and forced her to another room where he pinned her to the floor and ripped her shirt trying to remove it.
    ----
    * algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * que no se rompe en mil pedazos = shatterproof.
    * que rompe la armonía = eyesore.
    * romper a carcajadas = break out with + laugh.
    * romper Algo en pedazos = tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * romper a reír = bubble over in + laugh, burst out + laughing, explode into + laughter.
    * romper barreras = break down + boundaries, break down + borders.
    * romper completamente = break off.
    * romper completamente con = make + a clean break with.
    * romper con = break out of, break through, step away from, break away from.
    * romper con la tradición = make + break with tradition, break with + tradition.
    * romper con una amenaza = slay + dragon.
    * romper el equilibrio = tip + the scales.
    * romper el hielo = break + the ice.
    * romper el molde tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.
    * romper el silencio = break + the hush, break + silence, crack + the silence.
    * romper filas = break + ranks.
    * romper la barrera del sonido = break + the sound barrier.
    * romper la huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * romper la monotonía = relieve + monotony.
    * romper las barreras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.
    * romper las cadenas de la esclavitud = cast off + Posesivo + chains.
    * romper las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.
    * romper los esquemas = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * romper los lazos con = sever + Posesivo + links with, sever + Posesivo + ties with, break + ties with.
    * romperse = snap off.
    * romperse el cuello = break + Posesivo + neck.
    * romperse la cabeza = puzzle + Reflexivo, scratch + Posesivo + head, rack + Posesivo + brains.
    * romper tajantemente con = make + a clean break with.
    * romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.
    * romper una lanza en favor de = stick up for.
    * romper una promesa = go back on, break + Posesivo + promise.
    * romper una relación = break off + relationship, sever + connection.
    * romper un lazo = sever + connection.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <loza/mueble> to break; < ventana> to break, smash; <lápiz/cuerda> to break, snap
    b) < puerta> ( tirándola abajo) to break down; ( para que quede abierta) to break open
    c) <hoja/póster> ( rasgar) to tear; ( en varios pedazos) to tear up
    d) < camisa> to tear, split
    2)
    a) <silencio/monotonía> to break; < tranquilidad> to disturb
    b) <promesa/pacto> to break; <relaciones/compromiso> to break off
    2.
    romper vi
    1)
    a) olas to break
    b) (liter) alba to break; flores to open, burst open

    al romper el día — at daybreak, at the crack of dawn

    c) ( empezar)

    romper A + INF — to begin o start to + inf

    rompió a llorar/reír — she burst into tears/burst out laughing

    2) novios to break up, split up

    romper CON algn con novio to split o break up with sb

    romper CON algo con el pasado to break with sth; con tradición to break away from sth

    de rompe y rasga< decidir> suddenly

    3.
    romperse verbo pronominal
    a) vaso/plato to break, smash, get broken o smashed; papel to tear, rip, get torn o ripped; televisor/ascensor (RPl) to break down
    b) pantalones/zapatos to wear out
    c) (refl) <brazo/pierna> to break
    * * *
    = break, break down, rupture, rip off, fracture, rip.

    Ex: The document arrangement adopted is often broken, in the sense that documents in libraries are rarely shelved in one single and self-evident sequence.

    Ex: It describes our experience in combatting mould which grew as a result of high humidity and temperatures when the air conditioning system broke down for several days after several days of rain.
    Ex: In conversing with her you hadn't got to tread lightly and warily, lest at any moment you might rupture the relationship, and tumble into eternal disgrace.
    Ex: Within the social sciences psychology journals are the most ripped off.
    Ex: He will miss a month after fracturing his hand in practice.
    Ex: He punched her in the head and forced her to another room where he pinned her to the floor and ripped her shirt trying to remove it.
    * algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * que no se rompe en mil pedazos = shatterproof.
    * que rompe la armonía = eyesore.
    * romper a carcajadas = break out with + laugh.
    * romper Algo en pedazos = tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * romper a reír = bubble over in + laugh, burst out + laughing, explode into + laughter.
    * romper barreras = break down + boundaries, break down + borders.
    * romper completamente = break off.
    * romper completamente con = make + a clean break with.
    * romper con = break out of, break through, step away from, break away from.
    * romper con la tradición = make + break with tradition, break with + tradition.
    * romper con una amenaza = slay + dragon.
    * romper el equilibrio = tip + the scales.
    * romper el hielo = break + the ice.
    * romper el molde tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.
    * romper el silencio = break + the hush, break + silence, crack + the silence.
    * romper filas = break + ranks.
    * romper la barrera del sonido = break + the sound barrier.
    * romper la huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * romper la monotonía = relieve + monotony.
    * romper las barreras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.
    * romper las cadenas de la esclavitud = cast off + Posesivo + chains.
    * romper las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.
    * romper los esquemas = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * romper los lazos con = sever + Posesivo + links with, sever + Posesivo + ties with, break + ties with.
    * romperse = snap off.
    * romperse el cuello = break + Posesivo + neck.
    * romperse la cabeza = puzzle + Reflexivo, scratch + Posesivo + head, rack + Posesivo + brains.
    * romper tajantemente con = make + a clean break with.
    * romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.
    * romper una lanza en favor de = stick up for.
    * romper una promesa = go back on, break + Posesivo + promise.
    * romper una relación = break off + relationship, sever + connection.
    * romper un lazo = sever + connection.

    * * *
    romper [ E30 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹taza› to break; ‹ventana› to break, smash; ‹lápiz/cuerda› to break, snap; ‹juguete/radio/silla› to break
    2 ‹puerta› (tirándola abajo) to break down; (para que quede abierta) to break open
    3 ‹hoja/póster› (rasgar) to tear; (en varios pedazos) to tear up
    4 ‹camisa› to tear, split
    B
    1 ‹silencio/monotonía› to break; ‹tranquilidad› to disturb
    2 ‹promesa/pacto› to break; ‹relaciones/compromiso› to break off
    C
    1 ( fam) ‹servicio› (en tenis) to break
    2 ( esp AmL) ‹récord› to break
    ■ romper
    vi
    A
    1 «olas» to break
    2 ( liter); «alba/día» to break; «flores» to open, burst open, come out
    salimos al romper el día we left at daybreak o at the crack of dawn
    3
    (empezar): cuando rompa el hervor when it reaches boiling point, when it comes to the boil o starts to boil
    romper A + INF to begin o start to + INF
    rompió a llorar/reír she burst into tears/burst out laughing
    romper EN algo:
    romper en llanto to burst into tears
    romper en sollozos to break into sobs, start sobbing
    B «novios» to break up, split up romper CON algn ‹con un novio› to split o break up WITH sb; ‹con un amigo› to fall out WITH sb romper CON algo ‹con el pasado› to break WITH sth; ‹con una tradición› to break away FROM sth, break WITH sth
    hay que romper con esas viejas creencias we have to break away from those old beliefs
    este verso rompe con la estructura general del poema this verse departs from the general structure of the poem
    de rompe y rasga: me lo dijo así, de rompe y rasga he told me like that, straight out ( colloq)
    no se puede decidir así de rompe y rasga you can't just decide like that on the spur of the moment
    mujeres de rompe y rasga strong-minded women
    C ( RPl vulg) (molestar) to bug ( colloq)
    1 «vaso/plato» to break, smash, get broken o smashed; «papel» to tear, rip, get torn o ripped; «televisor/lavadora/ascensor» ( RPl) to break down
    2 «pantalones/zapatos» to wear out
    se me rompieron los calcetines por el talón my socks have worn through o gone through at the heel
    3 ‹brazo/pierna/muñeca› to break
    se rompió el tobillo he broke his ankle
    4
    ( RPl fam) (esforzarse): no te rompas demasiado don't kill yourself ( colloq)
    no se rompieron mucho con el regalo they didn't go to much trouble o expense over the gift ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    romper ( conjugate romper) verbo transitivo
    1
    a)loza/mueble to break;

    ventana to break, smash;
    lápiz/cuerda to break, snap
    b)hoja/póster› ( rasgar) to tear;

    ( en varios pedazos) to tear up
    c) camisa to tear, split

    2
    a)silencio/monotonía to break;

    tranquilidad to disturb
    b)promesa/pacto to break;

    relaciones/compromiso to break off
    verbo intransitivo
    1

    b) (liter) [ alba] to break;


    c) ( empezar):

    rompió a llorar/reír she burst into tears/burst out laughing

    2 [ novios] to break up, split up;
    romper CON algn ‹ con novio› to split o break up with sb;
    romper CON algo ‹ con el pasado› to break with sth;
    con tradición› to break away from sth
    romperse verbo pronominal
    a) [vaso/plato] to break, smash, get broken o smashed;

    [ papel] to tear, rip, get torn o ripped;
    [televisor/ascensor] (RPl) to break down
    b) [pantalones/zapatos] to wear out

    c) ( refl) ‹brazo/pierna to break

    romper
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to break
    (un cristal, una pieza de loza) to smash, shatter
    (una tela, un papel) to tear (up): rompió el contrato en pedazos, he tore the contract into pieces
    2 (relaciones, una negociación) to break off
    3 (una norma) to fail to fulfil, break
    (una promesa, un trato) to break
    4 (el ritmo, sueño, silencio) to break
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (empezar el día, etc) to break: al cabo de un rato rompió a hablar, after a while she started talking
    rompió a llorar, he burst into tears
    2 (poner un fin) to break [con, with]: he roto con el pasado, I've broken with the past
    (relaciones de pareja) rompieron hace una semana, they broke up a week ago ➣ Ver nota en break
    ' romper' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acabar
    - cascar
    - congénere
    - crisma
    - dejar
    - desligarse
    - desordenar
    - destrozar
    - frágil
    - hielo
    - lanza
    - partir
    - regañar
    - reñir
    - echar
    - espuma
    - mameluco
    - pacto
    - promesa
    - quebrar
    English:
    bash in
    - break
    - break into
    - break off
    - break up
    - break with
    - bust
    - bust up
    - crack
    - dash
    - fall out
    - finish with
    - ice
    - monotony
    - oath
    - pound
    - prompt
    - rank
    - relieve
    - rupture
    - sever
    - smash
    - snap
    - snap off
    - tear
    - tear up
    - chip
    - fall
    - half
    - rip
    - rompers
    - shatter
    * * *
    vt
    1. [partir, fragmentar] to break;
    [hacer añicos] to smash; [rasgar] to tear;
    romper algo en pedazos to break/smash/tear sth to pieces;
    Mil
    ¡rompan filas! fall out!;
    Fam
    romper la baraja to get annoyed;
    Fam
    o jugamos todos, o se rompe la baraja either we all play, or nobody does
    2. [estropear] to break
    3. [desgastar] to wear out
    4. [interrumpir] [monotonía, silencio, hábito] to break;
    [hilo del discurso] to break off; [tradición] to put an end to, to stop
    5. [terminar] to break off
    6. [incumplir] to break;
    rompió su promesa de ayudarnos she broke her promise to help us
    7.
    romper el par [en golf] to break par
    8.
    romper el servicio de alguien [en tenis] to break sb's serve
    9. RP Fam [fastidiar]
    no me rompas give me a break;
    no (me) rompas la paciencia you're trying my patience;
    muy Fam
    romper las pelotas o [m5] las bolas o [m5] los huevos a alguien to get on sb's tits;
    muy Fam
    dejá de romper las pelotas o [m5] las bolas o [m5] los huevos stop being such a pain in the Br arse o US ass
    vi
    1. [terminar una relación]
    romper (con alguien) to break up o split up (with sb);
    rompió con su novia he broke up o split up with his girlfriend;
    ha roto con su familia she has broken off contact with her family;
    romper con la tradición to break with tradition;
    rompió con el partido she broke with the party
    2. [empezar] [día] to break;
    [hostilidades] to break out;
    al romper el alba o [m5] día at daybreak;
    romper a hacer algo to suddenly start doing sth;
    romper a llorar to burst into tears;
    romper a reír to burst out laughing
    3. [olas] to break
    4. Fam [tener éxito] to be a hit;
    un cantante que rompe a singer who's all the rage;
    de rompe y rasga: es una mujer de rompe y rasga she's a woman who knows what she wants o knows her own mind
    5. RP Fam [molestar] to be a pain;
    ¡no rompas! give me a break!
    * * *
    <part roto>
    I v/t
    1 break; ( hacer añicos) smash; tela, papel tear
    2 relación break off
    II v/i
    1 break;
    romper con alguien break up with s.o.
    2
    :
    romper a hacer algo start doing sth, start to do sth;
    romper a llorar burst into tears, start crying
    3
    :
    hombre de rompe y rasga strong-minded man
    * * *
    romper {70} vt
    1) : to break, to smash
    2) : to rip, to tear
    3) : to break off (relations), to break (a contract)
    4) : to break through, to break down
    5) gastar: to wear out
    romper vi
    1) : to break
    al romper del día: at the break of day
    2)
    romper a : to begin to, to burst out with
    romper a llorar: to burst into tears
    3)
    romper con : to break off with
    * * *
    romper vb
    1. (en general) to break [pt. broke; pp. broken]
    ¿quién ha roto el cristal? who broke the window?
    2. (papel, tela) to tear [pt. tore; pp. torn]
    3. (desgastar ropa, zapatos) to wear out [pt. wore; pp. worn]
    4. (acabar una relación) to split up [pt. & pp. split]

    Spanish-English dictionary > romper

  • 9 ἰσχύ̄ς

    ἰσχύ̄ς, -ῠ́ος
    Grammatical information: f.
    Meaning: `power, strength, might' (seit Hes.).
    Compounds: Comp. ἄν-ισχυς `powerless' (LXX). - as 1. member e. g. ἰσχυρο-ποιέω `strengthen, fortify' (Plb.), as 2. member (for uneasy - ισχυς, Frisk Adj. priv. 18) in ἀν-ίσχυρος `not strong, without power' (Hp., Str.), ὑπερ-ίσχυρος `extremely strong' (X., Arist.).
    Derivatives: Denomin. verb ἰσχύω, aor. ἰσχῦσαι, also with prefix, ἐν-, ἐξ-, κατ-, ὑπερ- etc., `have power, strength, might' (Pi., Hp., att.) with ἴσχυσις (LXX). - Adj. ἰσχῡρός `powerful, strong, mighty, vehement' (IA) - From there ἰσχυρικός `strong' (Pl. Tht. 169b; expressive enlargement?; diff. Chantraine Ét. sur le vocab. gr. 147) and the denominatives 1. ἰσχυρίζομαι, also with prefix as δι-, ἀπ-, ἀντ-, `prove strong, exert oneself, proclaim emphatically etc.' (Heraclit., Att.) with the desiderative ἰσχυρι-είω `venture to affirm' (Hp.); 2. κατ-ισχυρεύομαι `be vehement' (Aq.); Ίσχύλος PN (inscr.).
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]X [probably]
    Etymology: From H. (and Hdn. Gr. 1, 509) βίσχυν (Lac.), γισχύν ἰσχύν would lead to PGr. *Ϝισχύ̄ς (which Brugmann IF 16, 493f., Grundr.2 2: 1, 209 connected with Skt. vi-ṣah- `have in one's power'; so to σχ-εῖν, ἔχειν (s. v.) with the prefix *u̯i- `from one another', also augment.; cf. on ἴδιος). But Myc. isukuwo-doto shows no digamma. The connection with ἔχειν seems rather improbable. On the ū-stem (like πληθύ̄ς, νηδύ̄ς etc.) s. Schwyzer 463f.; further Meid IF 63, 1 1, who assumes an abstract formation from an adj. *Ϝι-σχ-ύς `resisting' (- υ- as in ἐχυ-ρός), which is also not convincing - Diff. Meillet BSL 27, 129ff.: prothetic ἰ-, adaptation to Ϝίς sec. - Chantraine Emerita 19, 134ff. considers connection with ἰξύς, ἰσχίον; there also on meaning and use ( ἰσχύς as popular avoided by Hom. ?). Pre-Greek origin seems quite probable.
    Page in Frisk: 1,742-743

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἰσχύ̄ς

  • 10 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    tener algo [de] + adj

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio to have;

    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he isso what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer to have;

    tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 11 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 12 निर् _nir

    निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also.
    -Comp. -अंश a.
    1 whole, entire.
    -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property.
    -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः
    1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā.
    -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal.
    -3 the equatorial region.
    -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate.
    -अग्नि a. having lost or neg- lected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1.
    -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remain- der.
    -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, indepen- dence.
    -अघ a. sinless, blameless.
    -अङ्ग a.
    1 having no parts.
    -2 deprived of expedients or resources.
    -अजिन a. skinless.
    -अञ्जन a.
    1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52.
    -2 unstained, untinged.
    -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3.
    -4 simple, artless.
    (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the Supreme Being.
    (-ना) 1 the day of full moon.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, un- rivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (
    -यः) the Supreme Being.
    -अत्यय a.
    1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53.
    -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61.
    -3 com- pletely successful.
    -अधिष्ठान a.
    1 supportless.
    -2 in- dependent.
    -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way.
    -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (
    -शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness.
    -अनुग a. having no followers.
    -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7.
    -अनुनासिक a. not nasal.
    -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences.
    -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless.
    -अनुरोध a.
    1 unfavourable, unfriendly.
    -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1.
    -अन्तर a.
    -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25.
    -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66.
    -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76.
    -4 coarse, gross.
    -5 faithful, true (as a friend).
    -6 not hidden from view.
    -7 not different, similar, identical.
    -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341.
    -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly.
    -2 without intervening space or interval.
    -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11.
    -4 immedia- tely. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or pra- ctice.
    -अन्तराल a.
    1 without an intervening space, close.
    -2 narrow.
    -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry.
    -अन्वय a.
    1 having no progeny, childless.
    -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198.
    -3 not agreeing with the con- text (as a word in a sentence).
    -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical.
    -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332.
    -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय.
    -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7.
    -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।).
    -अपत्रप a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold.
    -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blame- less. (
    -धः) innocence.
    -अपवर्त a.
    1 not turning back.
    -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms.
    -अपवाद a.
    1 blameless.
    -2 not admitting of any exception.
    -अपाय a.
    1 free from harm or evil.
    -2 free from decay, imperishable.
    -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2.
    -अपेक्ष a.
    1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39.
    -2 disregarding, taking no notice of.
    -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82.
    -4 careless, negligent, indifferent
    -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41.
    -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5.
    -7 without purpose. (
    -क्षा) indifference, disregard.
    -अपेक्षित a.
    1 disregarded.
    -2 regardless.
    -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent.
    -अभिभव a.
    1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace.
    -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled.
    -अभिमान a.
    1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism.
    -2 void of self-respect.
    -3 unconscious.
    -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7.
    -अभिसंधानम् absence of design.
    -अभ्र a. cloudless.
    -अमर्ष a.
    1 void of anger, patient.
    -2 apa- thetic.
    -अम्बर a. naked.
    -अम्बु a.
    1 abstaining from water.
    -2 waterless, destitute of water.
    -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (
    -लम्) ind. freely.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194.
    -2 meaningless, un- meaning (as a word or sentence).
    -3 non-sensical.
    -4 vain, useless, purposeless.
    (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment.
    -2 nonsense.
    -अर्थक a.
    1 useless, vain, unprofitable.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D.
    -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (
    -कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6.
    -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity.
    -अवकाश a.
    1 without free space.
    -2 without leisure.
    -अवग्रह a.
    1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, un- checked, uncontrolled, irresistible.
    -2 free, indepen- dent.
    -3 self-willed, head-strong. (
    -हम्) ind.
    1 un- interruptedly.
    -2 intensely, strongly.
    -अवद्य a.
    1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1.
    -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions).
    -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6.
    -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3.
    1 without parts.
    -2 indivisible.
    -3 without limbs.
    -अवलम्ब a.
    1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6.
    -2 not affording support.
    -3 not depending or relying on.
    -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally).
    -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt.
    -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable.
    - अशन a. abstaining from food. (
    -नम्) fasting.
    -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11.
    -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (
    -ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old.
    -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed.
    -अस्थि a. boneless.
    -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13.
    -अहंकृत a.
    1 having no egotism or self-consciousness.
    -2 without individuality.
    -3 unselfish.
    -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4.
    -आकाङ्क्ष a.
    1 wishing nothing, free from desire.
    -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence).
    -आकार a.
    1 devoid of form, formless, without form.
    -2 ugly, deformed.
    -3 disguised.
    -4 unassuming, modest.
    (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impres- sed on the mind; Sarva. S.
    -आकृति a.
    1 formless, shapeless.
    -2 deformed.
    (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas.
    -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48.
    -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154.
    -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied,
    -आकुल a.
    1 unconfused, unperplexed, un- bewildered; Ki.11.38.
    -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28.
    -3 clear.
    -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1.
    (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity.
    -2 perspicuity, clearness.
    -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (
    -दः) a place where no sound can be heard.
    -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled.
    - आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas.
    -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48.
    -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian.
    -आडम्बर a.
    1 without drums.
    -2 without show, unostentatious.
    -आतङ्क a.
    1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6).
    -2 without ailment, comfort- able, healthy.
    -3 not causing pain.
    -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    - आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (
    -पा) the night.
    - आदर a. disrespectful.
    -आदान a.
    1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3.
    -2 an epithet of Buddha.
    -आधार a.
    1 without a receptacle.
    -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39.
    -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety.
    -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful.
    -आन्त्र a.
    1 disembowelled.
    -2 having the entrails hanging out.
    -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity.
    -आबाध a.
    1 unvexed, unmolested, undis- turbed, free from disturbance.
    -2 unobstructed.
    -3 not molesting or disturbing.
    -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā.
    1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale.
    -2 untainted, pure.
    -3 guileless.
    -4 free from defects or blemishes.
    -5 full, complete.
    -6 infallible.
    -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (
    -यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8.
    (-यः) 1 a wild goat.
    -2 a hog or boar.
    -आमिष a.
    1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh.
    -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49.
    -3 receiving no wages or remuneration.
    -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless.
    -यः an idler living from hand to mouth.
    1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8.
    -2 contracted, compact.
    -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17.
    -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14.
    -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy.
    -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless.
    -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11.
    -आलम्ब a.
    1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53.
    -2 not depending on another, independent.
    -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (
    -म्बा) spikenard. (
    -म्बम्) Brahman.
    -आलोक a.
    1 not looking about or seeing.
    -2 deprived of sight.
    -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35.
    -5 invisible. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident.
    -आश a.
    1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2.
    -2 depriving (one) of all hope.
    -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13.
    -आशङ्क a. fearless.
    -आशा hopeless- ness, despair.
    -आशिस् a.
    1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13.
    -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76.
    -आश्रय a.
    1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41.
    -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता.
    -3 not deep (as a wound).
    -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, un- savoury.
    -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (
    -रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31.
    -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6.
    -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent.
    -इन्द्रिय a.
    1 having lost a limb or the use of it.
    -2 mutilated, maimed.
    -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3.
    -4 barren.
    -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18.
    -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.).
    -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel.
    -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति.
    -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine.
    -ईषम् the body of a plough.
    -ईह a.
    1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16.
    -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24.
    (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity.
    -2 indifference.
    -उच्छ्वास a.
    1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6.
    -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32.
    -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (
    -सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 answerless, without a reply.
    -2 un- able to answer, silenced.
    -3 having no superior.
    -उत्थ a. irrecoverable.
    -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.)
    -उत्सव a. without festivi- ties; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66.
    -उत्साह a.
    1 inactive, indolent.
    -2 devoid of energy.
    (-हः) 1 absence of energy.
    -2 indolence.
    -उत्सुक a.
    1 indifferent.
    -2 calm, tranquil.
    - उदक a. waterless.
    1 having no belly or trunk.
    -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31.
    -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle.
    उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm.
    -उपक्रम a.
    1 without a commencement.
    -2 incurable.
    -उपद्रव a.
    1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adver- sity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks.
    -2 free from national distress or tyranny.
    -3 causing no affliction.
    -4 auspicious (as a star).
    -5 secure, peaceful.
    -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.).
    -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable.
    1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19.
    -2 unconnected with a subordinate word.
    -उपप्लव a.
    1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3.
    -2 not causing any affliction or misery.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4.
    - उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable.
    -उपसर्ग free from portents.
    -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14.
    1 not injured, unhurt.
    -2 auspicious, lucky.
    -उपाख्य a.
    1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र).
    -2 immaterial.
    -3 invisible. (
    -ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman.
    -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute.
    -उपाय a.
    1 without expedients, helpless.
    -2 unsuc- cessful.
    -उपेक्ष a.
    1 free from trick or fraud.
    -2 not neglectful.
    -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold.
    -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree.
    -गर्व a. free from pride.
    -गवाक्ष a. windowless.
    -गुण a.
    1 stringless (as a bow).
    -2 devoid of all properties.
    -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115.
    -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P.
    -5 having no epithet. (
    -णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities.
    -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39.
    -गौरव a.
    1 without dignity, undignified.
    -2 devoid of respect.
    -ग्रन्थ a.
    1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1.
    -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly.
    -3 alone, unassisted.
    (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool.
    -2 a gambler.
    -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit.
    -4 A Buddha Muni.
    -ग्रन्थक a.
    1 clever, expert.
    -2 unaccompanied, alone.
    -3 deserted, abandoned.
    -4 fruitless. (
    -कः 1 a religious mendicant.
    -2 a naked devotee.
    -3 a gam- bler.
    -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (
    -कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class.
    -घटम् 1 a free market.
    -2 a crowded market.
    -घण्टः See निघण्टः.
    -घृण a.
    1 cruel, merciless, pitiless.
    -2 shame- less, immodest.
    -घृणा cruelty.
    -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm.
    -जन a.
    1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate.
    -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (
    -नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place.
    -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga.
    -जर a.
    1 young, fresh.
    -2 imperishable, immortal. (
    -रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (
    -रम्) ambrosia, nectar.
    -जरायु a. Ved. skinless.
    -जल a.
    1 waterless, desert, destitute of water.
    -2 not mixed with water. (
    -लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha.
    -जाड्य free from coldness.
    -जिह्वः a frog.
    -जीव a.
    1 lifeless.
    -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्.
    -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone.
    -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy.
    -दण्डः a Śūdra.
    -दय a.
    1 merci- less, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind.
    -2 passion- ate.
    -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18.
    -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239.
    -दयम् ind.
    1 unmercifully, cruelly.
    -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84.
    -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11.
    - दशन a. toothless.
    -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous.
    -दुःख a.
    1 free from pain, painless.
    -2 not causing pain.
    -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable.
    -दोष a.
    1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम्
    -2 guiltless, innocent.
    -द्रव्य a.
    1 immaterial.
    -2 without property, poor.
    -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious.
    -द्वन्द्व a.
    1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45.
    -2 not dependent upon another, independent.
    -3 free from jealousy or envy.
    -4 not double.
    -5 not contested, un- disputed.
    -6 not acknowledging two principles.
    -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (
    -नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence.
    -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy.
    -धूम a. smokeless.
    -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43.
    -नमस्कार a.
    1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one.
    -2 disrespected, despised.
    -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted.
    -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2.
    -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता
    1 want of protection.
    -2 widowhood.
    -3 orphanage.
    -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7.
    -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic.
    -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing.
    -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful.
    -निमित्त a.
    1 causeless.
    -2 disinterested.
    -निमेष a. not twinkling.
    -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless.
    -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble.
    -बाध a.
    1 unobstructed.
    -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary.
    -3 unmolested.
    (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow.
    -2 a knob.
    -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (
    -जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा).
    -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish.
    -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff.
    -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine).
    -भय a.
    1 fearless, undaunted.
    -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255.
    -भर a.
    1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47.
    -2 ardent.
    -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1.
    -4 sound, deep (as sleep).
    -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (
    -रः) a servant receiving no wages. (
    -रम्) excess. (
    -रम् ind.)
    1 ex- cessively, exceedingly, intensely.
    -2 soundly.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky.
    -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
    -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless.
    -भोगः a. not fond of plea- sures.
    -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (
    -कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6.
    -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre.
    -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū.
    -मत्स्य a. fishless.
    -मद a.
    1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet.
    -2 not proud, humble.
    -3 sad, sorry.
    -4 not in rut (as an elephant).
    -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men.
    -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent.
    -मन्त्र a.
    1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts.
    -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43.
    -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4.
    -मम a.
    1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3.
    -2 unselfish, disinterested.
    -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -मर्याद a.
    1 boundless, immeasurable.
    -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22.
    -3 confused.
    -4 insolent, immodest. (
    -दम्) ind. confusedly, topsy- turvy. (
    -दम्) confusion, disorder.
    -मल a.
    1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63.
    -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56.
    -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318.
    (-लम्) 1 talc.
    -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal.
    - मशक a. free from gnats.
    -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3.
    -मान a.
    1 without self-confidence.
    -2 free from pride.
    -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate.
    -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless.
    -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga.
    -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a rogue. (
    -टम्) a large free market or fair.
    -मूल a.
    1 rootless (as a tree).
    -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.).
    -3 eradicated.
    -मेघ a. cloudless.
    -मेध a. without un- derstanding, stupid, foolish, dull.
    -मोह a. free from illusion. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull.
    -यन्त्रण a.
    1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted.
    -2 unruly, self-willed, in- dependent.
    (-णम्) 1 squeezing out.
    -2 absence of restraint, independence.
    -यशस्क a. without fame, dis- creditable, inglorious.
    -युक्त a.
    1 constructed, built.
    -2 directed.
    -3 (in music) limited to metre and mea- sure.
    -युक्ति f.
    1 disunion.
    -2 absence of connection or government.
    -3 unfitness, impropriety.
    -युक्तिक a.
    1 disjoined, unconnected.
    -2 illogical, unmeaning.
    -3 unfit, improper.
    -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant).
    -यूष = निर्यास.
    -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45.
    -रक्त a. (
    -नीरक्त) colourless, faded.
    -रज, -रजस्क a.
    (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust.
    -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (
    -जः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see
    नीरज. (-f.) a woman not men- struating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness.
    -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent.
    -रन्ध्र a.
    (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23.
    -2 thick, dense.
    -3 coarse, gross.
    -रव a. (
    -नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58.
    -रस a.
    (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless.
    -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1.
    -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9.
    -4 vain, use- less, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11.
    -5 disagreeable.
    -6 cruel, merciless. (
    -सः) the pomegranate.
    - रसन a. (
    नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11.
    -रुच् a. (
    नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27.
    -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1.
    -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless.
    (-पः) 1 air, wind.
    -2 a god. (
    -पम्) ether.
    -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured.
    -2 undisting- uished.
    -3 unimportant, insignificant.
    -4 unspotted.
    -5 having a white back.
    -लक्ष्य a. invisible.
    -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent.
    -लाञ्छनम् the marking of dome- stic animals (by perforating the nose &c.).
    -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks.
    -लिप्त a.
    1 unanointed.
    -2 undefiled, unsullied.
    -3 indifferent to.
    (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -2 a sage.
    -लून a. cut through or off.
    -लेप a.
    1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112.
    -2 stainless, sinless. (
    -पः) a sage.
    -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious.
    -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless.
    -वंश a. without posterity, childless.
    1 not speaking, silent.
    -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately).
    -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19.
    -वण, -वन a.
    1 being out of a wood.
    -2 free from woods.
    -3 bare, open.
    -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3.
    -वर = निर्दरम् q. v.
    -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor.
    -वाच्य a.
    1 not fit to be said.
    -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48.
    -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (
    -तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124.
    -वानर a. free from monkeys.
    -वायस a. free from crows.
    -वार्य a.
    1 irresistible.
    -2 acting fearlessly or boldly.
    -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a.
    1 not admitting an alternative.
    -2 being without determination or resolu- tion.
    -3 not capable of mutual relation.
    -4 conditioned.
    -5 undeliberative.
    -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23.
    -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (
    -ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering.
    -विकार a.
    1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable.
    -2 not dispos- ed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14.
    -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (
    -रः) the Supreme deity.
    -विकास a. unblown.
    -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (
    -घ्नम्) absence of impedi- ment.
    -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, incon- siderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (
    -रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly.
    -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection.
    -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14.
    -वितर्क a. unreflecting.
    -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9.
    -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28.
    -विमर्श a.
    1 void of reflec- tion, thoughtless.
    -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi.
    -विवर a.
    1 having no opening or cavity.
    2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44.
    -विवाद a.
    1 not contending or disagreeing.
    -2 undisputed, not contra- dicted or disputed, universally acknowledged.
    -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish.
    -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85.
    -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without dis- tinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'.
    -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22.
    -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (
    -षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscrimi- nately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.).
    -विशेषण a. without attributes.
    -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः.
    -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent.
    -विषय a.
    1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also
    -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4.
    -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1.
    -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind).
    -विषाण a. destitute of horns.
    -विहार a. having no pleasure.
    -वीज, -बीज a.
    1 seedless.
    -2 impotent.
    -3 causeless.
    -वीर a.
    1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31.
    -2 cowardly.
    -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead.
    -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34.
    -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless.
    -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति.
    -वृष a. depriv- ed of bulls.
    -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm.
    -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried.
    -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel.
    -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle.
    -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (
    -रम्) absence of enmity.
    -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless.
    -व्यञ्जन a.
    1 straight-forward.
    -2 without condiment. (
    -नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner.
    -व्यथ, -न a.
    1 free from pain.
    -2 quiet, calm.
    -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak.
    -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39.
    -व्यलीक a.
    1 not hurting or offending.
    -2 without pain.
    -3 pleased, doing anything willingly.
    -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling.
    -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare.
    -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither.
    -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination.
    -व्याकुल a. calm.
    -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers.
    -व्याज a.
    1 candid, upright, honest, plain.
    -2 without fraud, true, genuine.
    -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.)
    -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (
    -जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85.
    -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit.
    -व्यापार a.
    1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56.
    -2 motionless; U.6.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. not invol- ving any return (to worldly existence).
    -व्रण a.
    1 un- hurt, without wounds.
    -2 without rents.
    -व्रत a. not observing vows.
    -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent.
    -हिमम् cessation of winter.
    -हेति a. weaponless.
    -हेतु a. cause- less, having no cause or reason.
    -ह्रीक a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold, daring.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निर् _nir

  • 13 βρί

    βρί ( βρῖ)
    Grammatical information: ?
    Dialectal forms: The interpretation of Myc. piritawo is uncertain.
    Compounds: In e.g. βρι-ήπυος `loud crying' of Ares (Ν 521), with ἠπύω, Βριάρεως s. below, βριηρόν μεγάλως κεχαρισμένον H. (cf. Sommer Nominalkomp. 139, to ἦρα?; against Hoffmann Glotta 28, 23f.). Βρίακχος `Bacchante' (S.) with ἰάχω, Ἴακχος.
    Derivatives: Adj. βριαρός `strong' (Il.) (cf. χαλαρός beside χαλί-φρων). Verb βριάω `be or make strong, mighty' (Hes.; cf. χαλάω) backformation from βριαρός? s. Schwyzer 682f., Bechtel a. a. O; also βριερός. For Βριάρεως, a giant with hundred arms (Il.), in Hes. Ο᾽βριάρεως, the interpretation `who causes much damage (ἀρή)' (Bechtel, Lex.) is most uncertain; much more probably it is a Pre-Gr. name, Fur. 168 n. 103. - With θ: βρί̄θω, (βέβρῑθα, βρῖσαι) `be laden with, full of' (Il); βρῑθύς `heavy(?)' (Il.), βρῖθος n. `weight' (Hp.), βριθοσύνη `id.' (Il.) - Here also βρινδεῖν θυμοῦσθαι, ἐρεθίζειν H. with prenasalization of βριθ-? (for the meaning cf. βριμάομαι). Further βρίμη, βριμάομαι. S. also βρίζω and ὕβρις.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]
    Etymology: The idea of an `ablaut' ī\/ia must be given up; such cases have appeared to continue -ih₂-\/-ih₂-e. So βριαρός could be * gʷrih₂-eros. (There can be no derivational system i\/ro in these words; nor is a form *βριαρ probable, as Benveniste supposed, Origines 15.) The connection with βαρύς has also become very doubtful: βαρύς continues * gʷrH-u-, and * gʷrH-iH- would have given *βαρῑ-; possible would be * gʷr-iH-, from a root without laryngeal, but the only evidence for such a root would be Skt. grī-ṣmá- m. `Hochsommer', if *`die Zeit des heftigen, starken Sommers' (Wackernagel KZ 61, 197f., with sámā `(half)year', Av. ham- `summer' - but these derive from * smH-, which would make difficulty), but this analysis is quite uncertain (a meaning `heavy; does not seem appropriate). - (That Lat. (Osc.-Umbr.) brūtus = Latv. grũts `heavy' is a parallel ū-enlargement is even more doubtful.) - The - θ- can be the enlargement indicating a state (Benveniste, Origines 190).- As Fur. (168 n. 104, 174 n. 122, 246f) remarks the words refer more to `big, strong, χαλεπός' than to 'heavy'. The connection to βριμός (s. βρίμη) therefore seems evident. As βρῑμ- is very probable related to ὄβριμος (cf. ὀβριάρεως), we have to do with a Pre-Greek word (Fur. index). S. φριμάσσομαι.
    Page in Frisk: 1,267-268

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > βρί

  • 14 βρῖ

    βρί ( βρῖ)
    Grammatical information: ?
    Dialectal forms: The interpretation of Myc. piritawo is uncertain.
    Compounds: In e.g. βρι-ήπυος `loud crying' of Ares (Ν 521), with ἠπύω, Βριάρεως s. below, βριηρόν μεγάλως κεχαρισμένον H. (cf. Sommer Nominalkomp. 139, to ἦρα?; against Hoffmann Glotta 28, 23f.). Βρίακχος `Bacchante' (S.) with ἰάχω, Ἴακχος.
    Derivatives: Adj. βριαρός `strong' (Il.) (cf. χαλαρός beside χαλί-φρων). Verb βριάω `be or make strong, mighty' (Hes.; cf. χαλάω) backformation from βριαρός? s. Schwyzer 682f., Bechtel a. a. O; also βριερός. For Βριάρεως, a giant with hundred arms (Il.), in Hes. Ο᾽βριάρεως, the interpretation `who causes much damage (ἀρή)' (Bechtel, Lex.) is most uncertain; much more probably it is a Pre-Gr. name, Fur. 168 n. 103. - With θ: βρί̄θω, (βέβρῑθα, βρῖσαι) `be laden with, full of' (Il); βρῑθύς `heavy(?)' (Il.), βρῖθος n. `weight' (Hp.), βριθοσύνη `id.' (Il.) - Here also βρινδεῖν θυμοῦσθαι, ἐρεθίζειν H. with prenasalization of βριθ-? (for the meaning cf. βριμάομαι). Further βρίμη, βριμάομαι. S. also βρίζω and ὕβρις.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]
    Etymology: The idea of an `ablaut' ī\/ia must be given up; such cases have appeared to continue -ih₂-\/-ih₂-e. So βριαρός could be * gʷrih₂-eros. (There can be no derivational system i\/ro in these words; nor is a form *βριαρ probable, as Benveniste supposed, Origines 15.) The connection with βαρύς has also become very doubtful: βαρύς continues * gʷrH-u-, and * gʷrH-iH- would have given *βαρῑ-; possible would be * gʷr-iH-, from a root without laryngeal, but the only evidence for such a root would be Skt. grī-ṣmá- m. `Hochsommer', if *`die Zeit des heftigen, starken Sommers' (Wackernagel KZ 61, 197f., with sámā `(half)year', Av. ham- `summer' - but these derive from * smH-, which would make difficulty), but this analysis is quite uncertain (a meaning `heavy; does not seem appropriate). - (That Lat. (Osc.-Umbr.) brūtus = Latv. grũts `heavy' is a parallel ū-enlargement is even more doubtful.) - The - θ- can be the enlargement indicating a state (Benveniste, Origines 190).- As Fur. (168 n. 104, 174 n. 122, 246f) remarks the words refer more to `big, strong, χαλεπός' than to 'heavy'. The connection to βριμός (s. βρίμη) therefore seems evident. As βρῑμ- is very probable related to ὄβριμος (cf. ὀβριάρεως), we have to do with a Pre-Greek word (Fur. index). S. φριμάσσομαι.
    Page in Frisk: 1,267-268

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > βρῖ

  • 15 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 16 ligar

    v.
    1 to bind.
    Ellos ligaron las cuerdas They bound the ropes.
    2 to slur (Music).
    4 to alloy, to combine, to mix.
    Ellos ligaron los metales They alloyed the metals.
    5 to league, to unite, to confederate, to join.
    Ellos ligaron a los bandos They leagued the parties.
    6 to associate, to bind together, to link.
    Ellos ligaron las empresas They associated the companies.
    7 to pair up, to mix well, to pull.
    8 to take a beating.
    9 to ligate.
    * * *
    1 (atar) to tie, bind
    2 (unir) to link, connect
    3 (metales) to alloy
    4 COCINA to bind
    ligó con una italiana he picked up an Italian girl, he got off with an Italian girl
    \
    estar ligado,-a a to be linked to, be connected
    ir ligado,-a a→ link=estar estar ligado,-a
    ligarse a alguien familiar to pick somebody up, get off with somebody
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=atar) [gen] to tie, bind; (Med) to bind up, put a ligature on
    2) (=mezclar) [+ metales] to alloy, mix; [+ bebidas] to mix; [+ salsa] to thicken
    3) (=unir) to join, bind together
    4) * (=conquistar) to pick up *, get off with *, pull *
    5) * (=birlar) to pinch *
    6) * (=conseguir) to get hold of, lay one's hands on
    7) * (=comprar) to buy
    8) * (=detener) to nick *
    9) Caribe (=contratar) to contract in advance for
    2. VI
    1) (=ir juntos) to mix well, blend well, go well together
    2) * (=conquistar) to pull *
    3) Caribe, Méx * (=tener suerte) to have a bit of luck, be lucky

    la cosa le ligó And, CAm the affair went well for him

    4) Caribe, Méx (=mirar) to look, stare
    5)

    le ligó su deseo And, Caribe * her wish came true

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (unir, vincular) to bind
    2) ( atar)
    3) < metales> to alloy; < salsa> to bind
    2.

    salieron a ligarthey went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq)

    ligar con alguiento make out with somebody (AmE), to get off with somebody (BrE)

    3.
    ligarse v pron
    1) (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)
    2) salsa to bind
    * * *
    = attach, connect, intertwine, bind + Nombre + together, entwine, chat up.
    Ex. In fixed location notation was physically attached to certain places on the shelves and books were always filed in the same place.
    Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
    Ex. Traditional and emerging markets for library school graduates are likely to intertwine rather than exist as parallel trends in the future.
    Ex. People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.
    Ex. The Zimbabwe Library Association history is entwined with library development in Zimbabwe (Rhodesia).
    Ex. She was 15 kilograms too heavy, rudderless, half-lost to drinking and chatting up other girls' boyfriends.
    ----
    * frase usada para ligar = chat-up line.
    * intentar ligar = chat up.
    * tratar de ligar = chat up.
    * truco para ligar = chat-up line.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (unir, vincular) to bind
    2) ( atar)
    3) < metales> to alloy; < salsa> to bind
    2.

    salieron a ligarthey went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq)

    ligar con alguiento make out with somebody (AmE), to get off with somebody (BrE)

    3.
    ligarse v pron
    1) (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)
    2) salsa to bind
    * * *
    = attach, connect, intertwine, bind + Nombre + together, entwine, chat up.

    Ex: In fixed location notation was physically attached to certain places on the shelves and books were always filed in the same place.

    Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
    Ex: Traditional and emerging markets for library school graduates are likely to intertwine rather than exist as parallel trends in the future.
    Ex: People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.
    Ex: The Zimbabwe Library Association history is entwined with library development in Zimbabwe (Rhodesia).
    Ex: She was 15 kilograms too heavy, rudderless, half-lost to drinking and chatting up other girls' boyfriends.
    * frase usada para ligar = chat-up line.
    * intentar ligar = chat up.
    * tratar de ligar = chat up.
    * truco para ligar = chat-up line.

    * * *
    ligar [A3 ]
    vt
    A (unir, vincular) to bind
    el contrato que la ligaba a la empresa the contract which bound her to the company
    los ligaba una larga amistad they were bound together by a long-standing friendship
    B
    (atar): le ligaron las manos con una cuerda they tied his hands together o they bound his hands with a rope
    un fajo de billetes ligados con una goma elástica a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band
    C
    1 ‹metales› to alloy
    2 ‹salsa› to bind
    D
    1 ( fam)
    (en naipes): ligar un full to get a full house
    2 ( RPl fam) (conseguir, obtener) to get
    van a visitarlos sólo para ver si ligan algo they only go to visit them to see what they can get out of them
    3 ( Esp arg) ‹hachís/coca› to score (sl)
    4 ( Esp arg) (apresar) to bust (sl), to nick ( BrE sl)
    ■ ligar
    vi
    A ( fam)
    (conquistar): los sábados salían a ligar on Saturdays they went out trying to pick up girls/boys ( colloq), on Saturdays they went out on the pick-up o ( AmE) on the make (sl)
    ligar CON algn to make out WITH sb ( AmE), to get off WITH sb ( BrE)
    B ( Chi fam) (flirtear con) to give … the come-on ( colloq), to give … the eye ( BrE colloq)
    C
    ( Chi fam) (tocar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí siempre me liga lavar los platos it's always me who gets landed with washing o who has to wash the dishes ( colloq)
    ligarle ( Per fam); to pull it off ( colloq)
    A ( fam) (conquistar) to make out with ( AmE colloq), to get off with ( colloq BrE)
    B «salsa» to bind
    C ( RPl fam) ‹reto/cachetada› to get
    se ligó tres meses a la sombra he got three months in prison o ( colloq) inside
    ligársela ( RPl fam); to get a hiding o clobbering ( colloq)
    D
    (Arg, Ven) ( Telec): la línea se ligó I got a crossed line
    * * *

     

    ligar ( conjugate ligar) verbo transitivo
    a) ( unir) to bind;


    b) ( atar):


    un fajo de billetes ligados con una goma elástica a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band
    c) metales to alloy;

    salsa to bind
    verbo intransitivo (fam) ( con el sexo opuesto):
    salieron a ligar they went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq);

    ligar con algn to make out with sb (AmE), to get off with sb (BrE)
    ligarse verbo pronominal (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)
    ligar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (unir) to join
    figurado mis recuerdos me ligan a esta ciudad, my memories bind me to this town
    2 (relacionar) to link
    3 fam (coger) to get
    II vi fam (seducir, cortejar) to make advances: estaba ligando con mi primo, she was making advances to my cousin

    ' ligar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bronce
    - pinchar
    English:
    advance
    - chat up
    - pass
    - pick up
    - score
    - screw around
    - strong
    - bind
    - slur
    * * *
    vt
    1. [atar] to tie (up);
    liga bien los paquetes tie the packages up tightly;
    les ligaron las manos they tied their hands
    2. [unir] to bind;
    los ligan muchos lazos afectivos they are bound together by a lot of emotional ties;
    un contrato lo liga con la empresa he is contractually bound to the company
    3. [salsa] to thicken
    4. Med to put a ligature on
    5. Mús to slur
    6. [en naipes] to get;
    ligué un póquer de ases I got four aces
    7. [metales] to alloy
    8. Fam [droga] to score, to get hold of
    9. RP [conseguir] to get;
    siempre viene a ver si liga algo he always comes along to see what he can get
    10. Comp
    Fam
    ligar bronce to catch some rays
    11. Cuba [cosecha] to contract in advance for
    12. Ven Dep [béisbol] to hit;
    ligó un cuadrangular he hit a home run
    vi
    1. Fam [encontrar pareja] to score, Br to pull;
    en esta ciudad no se liga nada it's a nightmare trying to score o Br pull in this town;
    esta noche vamos a salir a ligar we're going out to score with someone tonight, Br we're going out on the pull tonight
    2. [salsa] to bind
    3. RP, Ven Fam [tener suerte] to be damn lucky, Br to be jammy
    4. Carib, Guat, Perú [deseo] to be fulfilled
    5. Ven Dep [en béisbol] to go into the wind-up
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 bind
    2 ( atar) tie
    3 GASTR blend
    II v/i
    :
    ligar con fam pick up
    * * *
    ligar {52} vt
    : to bind, to tie (up)
    * * *
    ligar vb
    1. (unir) to bind [pt. & pp. bound]
    2. (atar) to tie

    Spanish-English dictionary > ligar

  • 17 sentido

    adj.
    deeply felt, touching, heartfelt, moving.
    m.
    1 sense, meaning, purport.
    2 sense, each one of one's five senses.
    3 direction, course.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: sentir.
    * * *
    1 (gen) sense
    2 (significado) sense, meaning
    3 (conocimiento) consciousness
    4 (dirección) direction
    ————————
    1→ link=sentir sentir
    1 (muerte etc) deeply felt
    2 (sensible) touchy, sensitive
    1 (gen) sense
    2 (significado) sense, meaning
    3 (conocimiento) consciousness
    4 (dirección) direction
    \
    dejar a alguien sin sentido to knock somebody out
    en cierto sentido in a sense
    en sentido opuesto in the opposite direction
    hablar sin sentido to talk nonsense
    hacer algo con los cinco sentidos figurado to take great pains with something
    no tiene sentido / no tiene ningún sentido it doesn't make sense
    ¿qué sentido tiene + inf...? what's the point in/of + - ing...?
    ¿qué sentido tiene hablarle si no te hace caso? what's the point of talking to him if he won't listen?
    tener sentido to make sense
    doble sentido double meaning
    sentido común common sense
    sentido de la orientación sense of direction
    sentido del humor sense of humour (US humor)
    sentido figurado figurative meaning
    * * *
    noun m.
    3) direction, way
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [carta, declaración] heartfelt

    mi más sentido pésame — my deepest sympathy, my heartfelt condolences

    2) (=dolido) hurt
    3) [carácter, persona] sensitive
    2. SM
    1) (=capacidad)
    a) [para sentir] sense
    b) [para percibir] sense

    sentido del ridículo, su sentido del ridículo le impidió hacerlo — he felt self-conscious o embarrassed so he didn't do it

    sentido práctico, tener sentido práctico — to be practical

    2) (=significado) meaning

    ¿cuál es el sentido literal de esta palabra? — what is the literal meaning of this word?

    doble sentido — double meaning

    sin sentido — [palabras, comentario] meaningless

    3) (=lógica) sense

    poco a poco, todo empieza a cobrar sentido — everything is gradually beginning to make sense

    sin sentido — [crueldad, violencia] senseless

    tener sentido — to make sense

    solo tiene sentido quejarse si así puedes conseguir lo que quieresit only makes sense to complain if o the only point in complaining is if you can then get what you want

    no tiene sentido que te disculpes ahora — it's pointless (you) apologizing now, there's no sense o point in (you) apologizing now

    4) (=conciencia) consciousness

    perder el sentido — to lose consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness

    5) (=dirección) direction

    en el sentido de las agujas del reloj — clockwise

    en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj — anti-clockwise, counterclockwise (EEUU)

    calle 1)
    6) [otras expresiones]

    en sentido amplioin the broad sense

    en el buen sentido de la palabra — in the best o good sense of the word

    en cierto sentido — in a sense

    en ese sentido — [con nombre] to that effect; [con verbo] in that sense, in that respect

    en ese sentido no sabemos qué hacerin that sense o respect, we don't know what to do

    en sentido estrictoin the strict sense of the word o term

    no es, en sentido estricto, un pez de río — it's not a freshwater fish in the strict sense of the word o term, it's not strictly speaking a freshwater fish

    en sentido figurado — in the figurative sense, figuratively

    en sentido latoin the broad sense

    tomar algo en el mal sentido — to take sth the wrong way

    en tal sentido — to that effect

    un acuerdo en tal sentido sería interpretado como una privatizaciónsuch an agreement o an agreement to that effect would be interpreted as privatization

    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) <palabras/carta> heartfelt; <anhelo/dolor> deep
    2) < persona>
    a) [ESTAR] (AmL) ( dolorido) hurt, offended
    b) [SER] (Esp) ( sensible) sensitive, touchy
    II
    1)
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    poner los cinco sentidos en algo — to give something one's full attention; ( ante peligro) to keep one's wits about one

    b) (noción, idea)
    2) ( conocimiento) consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round

    en sentido literal/figurado — in a literal/figurative sense

    en cierto sentido... — in a sense...

    4) ( dirección) direction

    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro — they were coming in the opposite direction to us

    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido — one-way street

    * * *
    = denotation, meaning, sense, drift, flavour [flavor, -USA], meaningfulness, heartfelt, respect, sense of purpose.
    Ex. In establishing subdivisions for use with the names of people or peoples consider the connotation, in addition to the denotation, of the wording and structure of the subdivision.
    Ex. The term indexing language can seem rather daunting, and has certainly had different meanings in its different incarnations.
    Ex. In some senses these could also be regarded as special classification schemes.
    Ex. The main drift of the proceedings concerned national libraries -- their role, functions and financing.
    Ex. Collected in 1907 from an oral source, this story depends for its charm and attraction on the colloquial flavour, its dialect.
    Ex. The author challenges the meaningfulness of precision and recall values as a measure of performance of a retrieval system.
    Ex. The author examines selected examples of the literature that generate conflict between cultural responsibility and artistic freedom along with a sampling of the heated and heartfelt exchange about that literature in Internet discussions.
    Ex. However, the survey developed in the current study would need to be similar in other key respects to the water quality survey developed by Carson and Mitchell = No obstante, el cuestionario desarrollado en este estudio debería parecerse en otros aspectos importantes al cuestionario desarrollado por Carson y Mitchell sobre la calidad del agua.
    Ex. This article argues that those in leadership roles bear a special responsibility for creating a sense of purpose in the organisation.
    ----
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * carecer de sentido = be meaningless.
    * con sentido = meaningful, purposeful, in a meaningful way.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * desarrollarse en un sentido determinado = develop along + lines.
    * de sentido único = one-way.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * discusión sin sentido = pointless discussion, pointless argument.
    * doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el sentido del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this respect, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en sentido contrario = to the contrary.
    * en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj = counterclockwise, anti-clockwise.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en unel sentido amplio = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido general = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido más amplio = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un/el sentido más general = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * en varios sentidos = in several respects, in various respects.
    * escribir con sentido = write + sense.
    * falta de sentido = meaninglessness.
    * falto de sentido crítico = uncritical.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * pérdida del sentido = fainting, fainting fit.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * quitarle el sentido = render + meaningless.
    * recobrar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * recuperar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * rima sin sentido = nonsense, nonsense verse.
    * sentido común = common sense, savvy, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * sentido de culpa = guilt.
    * sentido de desigualdad = sense of inequality.
    * sentido de identidad = sense of identity.
    * sentido de la historia = sense of history.
    * sentido de la obligación = sense of obligation.
    * sentido de la oportunidad = sense of timing.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * sentido de la proporción = sense of proportion.
    * sentido de la responsabilidad = sense of responsibility.
    * sentido de la superioridad = sense of superiority.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * sentido del decoro = sense of decorum.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentido del humor = sense of humour.
    * sentido del oído = hearing.
    * sentido del olfato = sense of smell, olfaction.
    * sentido del ridículo = self-consciousness, embarrassment, self-conscious feeling.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * sentido del tacto = sense of touch.
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * sentido de moralidad = sense of morality.
    * sentido de pertenencia = sense of ownership.
    * sentido de territorialidad = territoriality.
    * sentido humano = human sense.
    * sentido implícito = subtext.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * sentidos = grounds.
    * sexto sentido = sixth sense.
    * sin sentido = meaningless, purposeless, pointless, wanton, nonsensical, unconscious.
    * tener sentido = make + sense, be meaningful.
    * tener sentido del ridículo = feel + embarrassed.
    * teoría de dar sentido = sense-making approach.
    * tomar en sentido literal = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * vía de doble sentido = two-way street.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) <palabras/carta> heartfelt; <anhelo/dolor> deep
    2) < persona>
    a) [ESTAR] (AmL) ( dolorido) hurt, offended
    b) [SER] (Esp) ( sensible) sensitive, touchy
    II
    1)
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    poner los cinco sentidos en algo — to give something one's full attention; ( ante peligro) to keep one's wits about one

    b) (noción, idea)
    2) ( conocimiento) consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round

    en sentido literal/figurado — in a literal/figurative sense

    en cierto sentido... — in a sense...

    4) ( dirección) direction

    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro — they were coming in the opposite direction to us

    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido — one-way street

    * * *
    = denotation, meaning, sense, drift, flavour [flavor, -USA], meaningfulness, heartfelt, respect, sense of purpose.

    Ex: In establishing subdivisions for use with the names of people or peoples consider the connotation, in addition to the denotation, of the wording and structure of the subdivision.

    Ex: The term indexing language can seem rather daunting, and has certainly had different meanings in its different incarnations.
    Ex: In some senses these could also be regarded as special classification schemes.
    Ex: The main drift of the proceedings concerned national libraries -- their role, functions and financing.
    Ex: Collected in 1907 from an oral source, this story depends for its charm and attraction on the colloquial flavour, its dialect.
    Ex: The author challenges the meaningfulness of precision and recall values as a measure of performance of a retrieval system.
    Ex: The author examines selected examples of the literature that generate conflict between cultural responsibility and artistic freedom along with a sampling of the heated and heartfelt exchange about that literature in Internet discussions.
    Ex: However, the survey developed in the current study would need to be similar in other key respects to the water quality survey developed by Carson and Mitchell = No obstante, el cuestionario desarrollado en este estudio debería parecerse en otros aspectos importantes al cuestionario desarrollado por Carson y Mitchell sobre la calidad del agua.
    Ex: This article argues that those in leadership roles bear a special responsibility for creating a sense of purpose in the organisation.
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * carecer de sentido = be meaningless.
    * con sentido = meaningful, purposeful, in a meaningful way.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * desarrollarse en un sentido determinado = develop along + lines.
    * de sentido único = one-way.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * discusión sin sentido = pointless discussion, pointless argument.
    * doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el sentido del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this respect, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en sentido contrario = to the contrary.
    * en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj = counterclockwise, anti-clockwise.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en unel sentido amplio = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido general = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido más amplio = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un/el sentido más general = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * en varios sentidos = in several respects, in various respects.
    * escribir con sentido = write + sense.
    * falta de sentido = meaninglessness.
    * falto de sentido crítico = uncritical.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * pérdida del sentido = fainting, fainting fit.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * quitarle el sentido = render + meaningless.
    * recobrar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * recuperar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * rima sin sentido = nonsense, nonsense verse.
    * sentido común = common sense, savvy, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * sentido de culpa = guilt.
    * sentido de desigualdad = sense of inequality.
    * sentido de identidad = sense of identity.
    * sentido de la historia = sense of history.
    * sentido de la obligación = sense of obligation.
    * sentido de la oportunidad = sense of timing.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * sentido de la proporción = sense of proportion.
    * sentido de la responsabilidad = sense of responsibility.
    * sentido de la superioridad = sense of superiority.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * sentido del decoro = sense of decorum.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentido del humor = sense of humour.
    * sentido del oído = hearing.
    * sentido del olfato = sense of smell, olfaction.
    * sentido del ridículo = self-consciousness, embarrassment, self-conscious feeling.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * sentido del tacto = sense of touch.
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * sentido de moralidad = sense of morality.
    * sentido de pertenencia = sense of ownership.
    * sentido de territorialidad = territoriality.
    * sentido humano = human sense.
    * sentido implícito = subtext.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * sentidos = grounds.
    * sexto sentido = sixth sense.
    * sin sentido = meaningless, purposeless, pointless, wanton, nonsensical, unconscious.
    * tener sentido = make + sense, be meaningful.
    * tener sentido del ridículo = feel + embarrassed.
    * teoría de dar sentido = sense-making approach.
    * tomar en sentido literal = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * vía de doble sentido = two-way street.

    * * *
    sentido1 -da
    A ‹palabras/carta› heartfelt; ‹anhelo/dolor› deep
    mi más sentido pésame my deepest sympathy
    B ‹persona›
    1 [ SER] (sensible) sensitive, touchy
    2 [ ESTAR] (dolorido) hurt, offended
    está muy sentido porque no lo invitamos he's very hurt that we didn't ask him
    A
    1 ( Fisiol) sense
    tiene muy aguzado el sentido del olfato she has a very keen sense of smell
    poner los cinco sentidos en algo to give sth one's full attention; (ante un peligro) to keep one's wits about one
    2 (noción, idea) sentido DE algo sense OF sth
    su sentido del deber/de la justicia her sense of duty/of justice
    tiene un gran sentido del ritmo he has a great sense of rhythm
    sexto1 (↑ sexto (1))
    Compuestos:
    common sense
    sense of direction
    sense of humor*
    sense of the ridiculous
    tiene mucho sentido práctico she's very practical, she's very practically minded
    B (conocimiento) consciousness
    el golpe lo dejó sin sentido he was knocked senseless o unconscious by the blow
    perder el sentido to lose consciousness
    recobrar el sentido to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round
    C
    en el buen sentido de la palabra in the nicest sense of the word
    en el sentido estricto/amplio del vocablo in the strict/broad sense of the term
    en sentido literal/figurado in a literal/figurative sense
    lo dijo con doble sentido he was intentionally ambiguous
    buscaba algo que le diera sentido a su vida he was searching for something to give his life some meaning
    conociendo su biografía la obra cobra un sentido muy diferente when one knows something about his life the work takes on a totally different meaning
    no le encuentro sentido a lo que haces I can't see any sense o point in what you're doing
    esa política ya no tiene sentido that policy makes no sense anymore o is meaningless now
    no tiene sentido preocuparse por eso it's pointless o there's no point worrying about that
    2
    (aspecto): en cierto sentido tienen razón in a sense they're right
    en muchos/ciertos sentidos la situación no ha cambiado in many/certain respects the situation hasn't changed
    en este sentido debemos recordarnos que … in this respect we should remember …
    D (dirección) direction
    se mueve en el sentido de las agujas del reloj it moves clockwise o in a clockwise direction
    gírese en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj turn (round) in a counterclockwise ( AmE) o ( BrE) an anticlockwise direction
    en el sentido de la veta de la madera with the grain of the wood
    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro they were coming in the opposite direction to us
    calle de sentido único one-way street
    * * *

     

    Del verbo sentir: ( conjugate sentir)

    sentido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    sentido    
    sentir
    sentido 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1palabras/carta heartfelt;
    anhelo/dolor deep;

    2 [ESTAR] (AmL) ( ofendido) hurt, offended
    sentido 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    b) (noción, idea) sentido DE algo sense of sth;


    sentido común common sense;
    sentido del humor sense of humor( conjugate humor)
    2 ( conocimiento) consciousness;

    el golpe lo dejó sin sentido he was knocked unconscious by the blow
    3 ( significado) sense;

    en sentido literal in a literal sense;
    lo dijo con doble sentido he was intentionally ambiguous;
    el sentido de la vida the meaning of life;
    en cierto sentido … in a sense …;
    no le encuentro sentido a lo que haces I can't see any sense o point in what you're doing;
    esa política ya no tiene sentido that policy doesn't make sense anymore o is meaningless now;
    palabras sin sentido meaningless words
    4 ( dirección) direction;
    gírese en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj turn (round) in a counterclockwise (AmE) o (BrE) an anticlockwise direction;

    venían en sentido contrario al nuestro they were coming in the opposite direction to us;
    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido one-way street
    sentir ( conjugate sentir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a)dolor/pinchazo to feel;

    sentido hambre/frío/sed to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

    b) emoción to feel;


    sentido celos to feel jealous
    2
    a) ( oír) ‹ruido/disparo to hear

    b) (esp AmL) ( percibir):


    le siento gusto a vainilla I can taste vanilla
    3 ( lamentar):

    sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her;
    ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre she has been very affected by her mother's death
    sentirse verbo pronominal
    1 (+ compl) to feel;

    no me siento con ánimos I don't feel up to it
    2 (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt;
    sentidose CON algn to be offended o upset with sb
    sentido,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 deeply felt: su muerte ha sido muy sentida, his death has been deeply felt
    2 (susceptible) sensitive
    es un chico muy sentido y a la mínima se ofende, he gets upset over the slightest things o he's a very sensitive child
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 sense
    sentido del gusto/olfato, sense of taste/smell
    2 (conocimiento, consciencia) recobrar/ perder el sentido, to regain/lose consciousness
    3 (lógica, razón) sense: no tiene sentido que te despidas, it makes no sense to leave the job
    4 (apreciación, capacidad) no tiene sentido de la medida, he has no sense of moderation
    sentido común, common sense
    sentido del humor, sense of humour
    sexto sentido, sixth sense
    5 (significado) meaning: la frase carece de sentido, the sentence has no meaning
    6 Auto direction
    de doble sentido, two-way
    (de) sentido único, one-way
    sentir
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 (juicio, opinion) opinion, view
    2 (sentimiento) feeling
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to feel
    sentir alegría/frío, to feel happy/cold
    te lo digo como lo siento, I speak my mind ➣ Ver nota en feel
    2 (oír, percibir) to hear: la sentí llegar de madrugada, I heard her come home in the small hours
    3 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about: siento haberte enfadado, I'm sorry I made you angry
    ' sentido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ácida
    - ácido
    - acusada
    - acusado
    - apelar
    - cabeza
    - cazar
    - coger
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - despertarse
    - dirección
    - dotada
    - dotado
    - economía
    - educar
    - encarar
    - esperar
    - figurada
    - figurado
    - fina
    - fino
    - hogareña
    - hogareño
    - inversa
    - inverso
    - juicio
    - nariz
    - olfato
    - paladar
    - penetrar
    - perder
    - pésame
    - rara
    - raro
    - realista
    - recobrar
    - recta
    - recto
    - recuperar
    - sentida
    - tacto
    - tener
    - trancazo
    - visión
    - vista
    - agudeza
    - agudizar
    - agudo
    - alto
    English:
    add up
    - advantage
    - anticlockwise
    - appeal
    - arguable
    - babble
    - break
    - civic
    - clockwise
    - common sense
    - counterclockwise
    - derogatory
    - direction
    - ear
    - feel
    - few
    - figurative
    - figuratively
    - flail
    - gumption
    - hearing
    - high
    - humour
    - iota
    - literally
    - little
    - make
    - meaning
    - meaningless
    - mindless
    - modicum
    - obscure
    - one-way
    - pointless
    - practicality
    - quite
    - reason
    - respect
    - scent
    - sense
    - senseless
    - sight
    - smell
    - strictly
    - taste
    - three-point turn
    - touch
    - two-way
    - U-turn
    - unconscious
    * * *
    sentido, -a
    adj
    1. [profundo] heartfelt;
    mi más sentido pésame with deepest sympathy
    2. [sensible]
    ser muy sentido to be very sensitive
    3. [ofendido] hurt, offended;
    quedó muy sentido por tu respuesta he was very hurt by your reply
    4. RP [lesionado] hurt;
    el talonador no puede seguir jugando, está sentido the hooker is unable to carry on playing, he's hurt
    nm
    1. [capacidad para percibir] sense;
    sentido del tacto sense of touch;
    con los cinco sentidos [completamente] heart and soul;
    no tengo ningún sentido del ritmo I have no sense of rhythm;
    tiene un sentido muy particular de la sinceridad he has a very peculiar notion of sincerity;
    poner los cinco sentidos en algo to give one's all to sth
    sentido común common sense;
    tener sentido común to have common sense;
    sentido del deber sense of duty;
    sentido del humor sense of humour;
    sentido de la orientación sense of direction;
    sentido del ridículo sense of the ridiculous
    2. [conocimiento] consciousness;
    perder/recobrar el sentido to lose/regain consciousness;
    sin sentido unconscious
    3. [dirección] direction;
    los trenes circulaban en sentido opuesto the trains were travelling in opposite directions;
    en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj Br anticlockwise, US counter-clockwise
    4. [significado] sense, meaning;
    esta expresión tiene un sentido peyorativo this expression has a pejorative sense;
    esta frase tiene varios sentidos this sentence has several possible interpretations;
    en sentido figurado in the figurative sense;
    doble sentido double meaning;
    una frase de doble sentido a phrase with a double meaning;
    en ese sentido [respecto a eso] as far as that's concerned;
    en ese sentido, tienes razón in that sense, you're right
    5. [razón de ser]
    tener sentido to make sense;
    no tiene sentido escribirle si no sabe leer there's no point writing to him if he can't read;
    no tiene sentido que salgamos si llueve there's no sense in going out if it's raining;
    para ella la vida ya no tenía sentido life no longer had any meaning for her;
    sin sentido [ilógico] meaningless;
    [inútil, irrelevante] pointless;
    un sin sentido nonsense
    * * *
    I adj heartfelt
    II m
    1 oído etc sense;
    el sexto sentido the sixth sense
    2 ( significado) meaning;
    doble sentido double meaning;
    en el sentido propio de la palabra in the true sense of the word;
    en todos los sentidos de la palabra in every sense of the word;
    en un sentido más amplio in a wider sense;
    3 ( dirección) direction;
    4 consciousness;
    perder/recobrar el sentido lose/regain consciousness
    * * *
    sentido, -da adj
    1) : heartfelt, sincere
    mi más sentido pésame: my sincerest condolences
    2) : touchy, sensitive
    3) : offended, hurt
    1) : sense
    sentido común: common sense
    los cinco sentidos: the five senses
    sin sentido: senseless
    2) conocimiento: consciousness
    3) significado: meaning, sense
    doble sentido: double entendre
    4) : direction
    calle de sentido único: one-way street
    * * *
    1. (capacidad) sense
    tenemos cinco sentidos: vista, oído, gusto, olfato y tacto we have five senses: sight, hearing, taste, smell and touch
    2. (significado) meaning
    3. (lógica) point
    4. (dirección) direction / way
    5. (conocimiento) consciousness

    Spanish-English dictionary > sentido

  • 18 unir

    v.
    1 to join (juntar) (pedazos, habitaciones).
    unió los dos palos con una cuerda he joined o tied the two sticks together with a piece of string
    Ellos unieron las telas They joined the fabrics.
    Ellos unieron los equipos They merged the teams.
    2 to connect, to link (comunicar) (ciudades, terminales, aparatos).
    El cable une la tubería The wire connects the tubing.
    3 to combine.
    en su obra une belleza y técnica her work combines beauty with technique
    unir algo a algo to add something to something
    4 to draw together, to assemble, to unify.
    El amor une a las personas Love draws people together.
    * * *
    1 (juntar) to unite, join, join together
    2 (combinar) to combine (a, with)
    3 (enlazar) to link (a, to)
    \
    unirse en matrimonio formal to unite in marriage
    * * *
    verb
    to unite, join, link
    - unirse a
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=acercar)
    a) [+ grupos, tendencias, pueblos] to unite
    b) [sentimientos] to unite
    c) [lazos] to link, bind
    2) (=atar) [contrato] to bind
    3) (=asociar, agrupar) to combine

    el esquí de fondo une dos actividades: montañismo y esquí — cross-country skiing combines two activities: mountaineering and skiing

    4) (=conectar) [carretera, vuelo, ferrocarril] to link ( con with)
    5) [+ objetos, piezas] [gen] to join, join together; [con pegamento, celo] to stick together; [con clavos, puntas] to fasten together
    6) (Culin) [+ líquidos] to mix; [+ salsa] to blend
    7) (Com) [+ compañías, intereses] to merge
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < cables> to join; (con cola, pegamento) to stick... together; < esfuerzos> to combine

    los unió en matrimonio — (frml) he joined them in matrimony (frml)

    b) sentimientos/intereses to unite

    unida sentimentalmente a... — (period) romantically involved with...

    c) <características/cualidades/estilos> to combine
    2) ( comunicar) < lugares> to link
    3) ( fusionar) <empresas/organizaciones> to merge
    4) < salsa> to mix
    2.
    unirse v pron
    1)
    a) ( aliarse) personas/colectividades to join together
    b) características/cualidades to combine
    2) ( juntarse) caminos to converge, meet
    3) ( fusionarse) empresas/organizaciones to merge
    * * *
    = aggregate, bridge, connect, join together, link, marry, string, unite, confound, piece together, weld into/together, splice, bundle, pool, band, bind + Nombre + together, knit, knit, federate, conjoin, cement.
    Ex. You have attempted to aggregate the UDC class number incorrectly.
    Ex. BLAISE offers a variety of services bridging the cataloguing and information retrieval functions.
    Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
    Ex. A portfolio is a container for holding loose materials, e.g. paintings, drawings, papers, unbound sections of a book, and similar materials, consisting of two covers joined together at the back.
    Ex. These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.
    Ex. At that time OCLC was already going strong, and we tried to find some backing from the State of New York and possibly from the federal government to marry those two systems.
    Ex. There is no question of stringing together simple concepts in a preferred citation order to produce a single index description of the summarized subject content of a document.
    Ex. It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.
    Ex. The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.
    Ex. During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.
    Ex. The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.
    Ex. A filmloop is a short length of film enclosed in a cassette and with the end of the film spliced on to the beginning so that it requires no rewinding.
    Ex. CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.
    Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex. The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.
    Ex. People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.
    Ex. I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex. I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex. The usefulness of the many online periodicals and scientific digital libraries that exist today is limited by the inability to federate these resources through a unified interface.
    Ex. The grotesque is an effect achieved by conjoining disparate framents which do not realistically belong together.
    Ex. An in-house bulletin may serve to cement firm relationships with the library's personnel.
    ----
    * conseguir unir = rally.
    * unir a = tie (to), couple with.
    * unir esfuerzos = join + hands.
    * unir fuerzas = join + forces, pool + forces.
    * unir inextricablemente = interweave.
    * unir mediante espigas = tenon.
    * unir mediante hiperenlaces = hotlink [hot-link].
    * unir mediante mortaja = mortise.
    * unirse = come together, partner, bond, stand up as + one.
    * unirse a = ally with, join, hop on, join + Posesivo + ranks.
    * unirse a una conversación = chime in.
    * unirse en matrimonio = tie + the knot.
    * unir sin solapar = butt together.
    * volverse a unir a = rejoin.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < cables> to join; (con cola, pegamento) to stick... together; < esfuerzos> to combine

    los unió en matrimonio — (frml) he joined them in matrimony (frml)

    b) sentimientos/intereses to unite

    unida sentimentalmente a... — (period) romantically involved with...

    c) <características/cualidades/estilos> to combine
    2) ( comunicar) < lugares> to link
    3) ( fusionar) <empresas/organizaciones> to merge
    4) < salsa> to mix
    2.
    unirse v pron
    1)
    a) ( aliarse) personas/colectividades to join together
    b) características/cualidades to combine
    2) ( juntarse) caminos to converge, meet
    3) ( fusionarse) empresas/organizaciones to merge
    * * *
    = aggregate, bridge, connect, join together, link, marry, string, unite, confound, piece together, weld into/together, splice, bundle, pool, band, bind + Nombre + together, knit, knit, federate, conjoin, cement.

    Ex: You have attempted to aggregate the UDC class number incorrectly.

    Ex: BLAISE offers a variety of services bridging the cataloguing and information retrieval functions.
    Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
    Ex: A portfolio is a container for holding loose materials, e.g. paintings, drawings, papers, unbound sections of a book, and similar materials, consisting of two covers joined together at the back.
    Ex: These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.
    Ex: At that time OCLC was already going strong, and we tried to find some backing from the State of New York and possibly from the federal government to marry those two systems.
    Ex: There is no question of stringing together simple concepts in a preferred citation order to produce a single index description of the summarized subject content of a document.
    Ex: It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.
    Ex: The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.
    Ex: During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.
    Ex: The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.
    Ex: A filmloop is a short length of film enclosed in a cassette and with the end of the film spliced on to the beginning so that it requires no rewinding.
    Ex: CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.
    Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex: The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.
    Ex: People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.
    Ex: I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex: I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex: The usefulness of the many online periodicals and scientific digital libraries that exist today is limited by the inability to federate these resources through a unified interface.
    Ex: The grotesque is an effect achieved by conjoining disparate framents which do not realistically belong together.
    Ex: An in-house bulletin may serve to cement firm relationships with the library's personnel.
    * conseguir unir = rally.
    * unir a = tie (to), couple with.
    * unir esfuerzos = join + hands.
    * unir fuerzas = join + forces, pool + forces.
    * unir inextricablemente = interweave.
    * unir mediante espigas = tenon.
    * unir mediante hiperenlaces = hotlink [hot-link].
    * unir mediante mortaja = mortise.
    * unirse = come together, partner, bond, stand up as + one.
    * unirse a = ally with, join, hop on, join + Posesivo + ranks.
    * unirse a una conversación = chime in.
    * unirse en matrimonio = tie + the knot.
    * unir sin solapar = butt together.
    * volverse a unir a = rejoin.

    * * *
    unir [I1 ]
    vt
    A
    1
    «persona»: unió los trozos con un pegamento she stuck the pieces together with glue
    unió los cables con cinta aislante he joined the wires with insulating tape
    ha unido dos estilos muy diferentes he has combined two very different styles
    el sacerdote los unió en matrimonio ( frml); the priest joined them in matrimony ( frml)
    unamos nuestros esfuerzos let us combine our efforts
    2 «sentimientos/intereses» to unite
    los unía el deseo de … they were united by their desire to …
    los une su afición al deporte their love of sport binds them together o acts as a bond between them o unites them
    el amor que nos une the love which unites us
    unida sentimentalmente a … ( period); romantically involved with …
    3 ‹características/cualidades› unir algo A algo to combine sth WITH sth
    une a su inteligencia una gran madurez he combines intelligence with great maturity
    B (comunicar) to link
    la nueva carretera une los dos pueblos the new road links the two towns
    el puente aéreo que une las dos ciudades the shuttle service which runs between o links the two cities
    C ‹salsa› to mix
    unirse
    A
    1 (aliarse) «personas/colectividades» to join together
    se unieron para hacer un frente común they joined forces o united in a common cause
    los dos países se unieron en una federación the two countries joined together to form a federation
    se unieron en matrimonio they were married, they were joined in matrimony ( frml)
    varias empresas se unieron para formar un consorcio several companies joined together o came together o combined to form a consortium
    unirse A algo:
    se unió a nuestra causa he joined our cause
    2 «características/cualidades» to combine
    en él se unen la ambición y el orgullo ambition and pride come together o combine in him, he combines ambition with pride
    a su belleza se une una gran simpatía her beauty is combined with a very likable personality
    B (juntarse) «caminos» to converge, meet
    donde el tráfico del oeste se une con el del norte where traffic from the west converges with o meets traffic from the north
    * * *

     

    unir ( conjugate unir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) cables to join;

    (con cola, pegamento) to stick … together;
    esfuerzos to combine
    b) [sentimientos/intereses] to unite

    c)características/cualidades/estilos to combine;

    unir algo a algo to combine sth with sth
    2 ( comunicar) ‹ lugares to link
    3 ( fusionar) ‹empresas/organizaciones to merge
    unirse verbo pronominal
    1 ( aliarse) [personas/colectividades] to join together;

    2 ( juntarse) [ caminos] to converge, meet
    3 ( fusionarse) [empresas/organizaciones] to merge
    unir verbo transitivo
    1 (cables, conexiones) to join, unite
    2 (esfuerzos, intereses) to join
    (asociar, fusionar) unieron sus empresas, they merged their companies
    3 (comunicar) to link: ese camino une las dos aldeas, that path links the two villages
    ' unir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acercar
    - casar
    - empalmar
    - fundir
    - juntar
    - ligar
    - remachar
    - vincular
    English:
    bond
    - cement
    - connect
    - couple
    - join
    - join up
    - link
    - neither
    - screw together
    - stick together
    - unite
    - yoke
    - amalgamate
    - bring
    - marry
    - reunite
    - splice
    - unify
    * * *
    vt
    1. [juntar] [pedazos, piezas, habitaciones] to join;
    [empresas, estados, facciones] to unite; Informát [archivos] to merge;
    unió los dos palos con una cuerda he joined o tied the two sticks with a piece of string;
    debemos unir fuerzas we must combine forces
    2. [relacionar] [personas]
    aquella experiencia les unió mucho that experience made them very close;
    les une una fuerte amistad they are very close friends, they share a very close friendship;
    les une su pasión por la música they share a passion for music;
    los lazos que nos unen the ties that bind us;
    Formal
    unir a dos personas en (santo) matrimonio to join two people in (holy) matrimony
    3. [comunicar] [ciudades, terminales, aparatos] to connect, to link;
    la línea férrea que une la capital a o [m5] con la costa the railway o US railroad between o which links the capital and the coast
    4. [combinar] to combine;
    en su obra une belleza y técnica her work combines beauty with technique;
    unir algo a algo [añadir] to add sth to sth;
    a la desinformación hay que unir también el desinterés de la gente in addition to the lack of information, we have to take into account people's lack of interest
    5. [mezclar] to mix o blend in;
    una la mantequilla con el azúcar cream together the butter and the sugar
    * * *
    v/t
    1 join
    2 personas unite
    3 características combine ( con with)
    4 ciudades link
    * * *
    unir vt
    1) juntar: to unite, to join, to link
    2) combinar: to combine, to blend
    * * *
    unir vb
    1. (juntar) to join
    2. (comunicar) to link
    3. (relacionar) to unite

    Spanish-English dictionary > unir

  • 19 link

    1. noun
    1) (of chain) Glied, das
    2) (connecting part) Bindeglied, das; Verbindung, die

    road/rail link — Straßen-/Zugverbindung, die

    what is the link between these two?was verbindet diese beiden?

    3) see academic.ru/43170/linkman">linkman 1)
    2. transitive verb
    1) (connect) verbinden

    link somebody with somethingjemanden mit etwas in Verbindung bringen

    2)

    link handssich bei den Händen halten

    3. intransitive verb
    Phrasal Verbs:
    - link up
    * * *
    [liŋk] 1. noun
    1) (a ring of a chain: There was a worn link in the chain and it broke; an important link in the chain of the evidence.) das (Ketten)Glied
    2) (anything connecting two things: His job was to act as a link between the government and the press.) das Bindeglied
    2. verb
    (to connect as by a link: The new train service links the suburbs with the heart of the city.) verbinden
    * * *
    [lɪŋk]
    I. n
    1. (connection) Verbindung f ( between zwischen + dat); (between people, nations) Beziehung f ( between zwischen + dat)
    military/economic \links Beziehungen auf militärischer/wirtschaftlicher Ebene
    sporting \links Beziehungen im Bereich des Sports
    to sever \links die Beziehungen abbrechen
    2. RADIO, TELEC Verbindung f; INET, COMPUT Link m fachspr
    a computer \link eine Computervernetzung, ein Computerlink m
    a radio/satellite/telephone \link eine Funk-/Satelliten-/Telefonverbindung
    a \link to the outside world eine Verbindung zur Außenwelt
    rail \link Bahnverbindung f, Zugverbindung f
    4. COMPUT (communications path/channel) Verbindungsstrecke f
    5. COMPUT (software routine) Verbindungsprogramm nt
    6. of a chain [Ketten]glied nt
    a \link in a chain [of events] ( fig) ein Glied in der Kette [der Ereignisse]
    7.
    a chain is as strong as its weakest \link ( prov) eine Gruppe ist nur so stark wie ihr schwächstes Mitglied
    to be the weak \link [in a chain] das schwächste Glied [in einer Kette] sein
    II. vt
    to \link sth etw verbinden
    the level of any new tax should be \linked to an individual's ability to pay die Höhe einer neuen Besteuerung soll der Zahlungsfähigkeit des Einzelnen angepasst sein
    to be \linked in Verbindung stehen
    the explosions are not thought to be \linked in any way man geht davon aus, dass die Explosionen nichts miteinander zu tun hatten
    to be \linked to sth mit etw in Zusammenhang [o Verbindung] stehen, mit etw dat zusammenhängen
    \linked to a reference rate an einen Referenzsatz gebunden
    \linked to success erfolgsabhängig
    2. (clasp)
    to \link arms sich akk unterhaken
    to \link hands sich akk an den Händen fassen
    III. vi (connect) sich akk zusammenfügen lassen
    their stories did \link but... ihre Darstellungen passten zusammen, doch...
    * * *
    [lɪŋk]
    1. n
    1) (of chain fig) Glied nt; (person) Verbindungsmann m/-frau f, Bindeglied nt
    2) (= connection) Verbindung f; (COMPUT) Link m, Verknüpfung f

    this is the first cultural link between our two countries — das ist der Anfang der kulturellen Beziehungen zwischen unseren beiden Ländern

    the strong links between Britain and Australia —

    3) (MEASURE) Link nt
    2. vt
    verbinden; spaceships also aneinanderkoppeln

    we are linked by telephone to... — wir sind telefonisch verbunden mit...

    do you think these two murders are linked? —

    success in business is closely linked with self-confidenceErfolg im Beruf hängt eng mit Selbstvertrauen zusammen

    3. vi

    to link (together) (parts of story) — sich zusammenfügen lassen; (parts of machine) verbunden werden; (railway lines) sich vereinigen, zusammenlaufen

    * * *
    link1 [lıŋk]
    A s
    1. (Ketten) Glied n
    2. fig
    a) Glied n (in einer Kette von Ereignissen, Beweisen etc): missing 1
    b) Bindeglied n:
    his only link with the outside world seine einzige Verbindung zur Außenwelt
    c) Verbindung f, Zusammenhang m
    d) COMPUT, INTERNET Link m
    3. Masche f, Schlinge f (beim Stricken)
    4. einzelnes Würstchen (aus einer Wurstkette)
    5. Landvermessung: Messkettenglied n (auch als Längenmaß, = 7,92 Zoll)
    6. Manschettenknopf m
    7. TECH (Befestigungs)Glied n, Verbindungsstück n, Gelenk(stück) n, Kulisse f:
    flat link Lasche f;
    link drive Stangenantrieb m
    8. Fernmeldewesen: Kanal m, Übertragungsweg m
    B v/t
    1. auch link up verketten, -binden, -knüpfen ( alle:
    to, with mit):
    link arms sich unter- oder einhaken ( with bei)
    2. auch link up fig in Verbindung oder Zusammenhang bringen ( with mit), einen Zusammenhang herstellen zwischen (dat):
    a) in Verbindung oder Zusammenhang stehen,
    b) miteinander verknüpft sein;
    the two crimes may be linked zwischen den beiden Verbrechen besteht möglicherweise ein Zusammenhang;
    be linked to etwas zu tun haben mit;
    his name is closely linked with the success of our firm sein Name ist eng verbunden mit dem Erfolg unserer Firma
    C v/i
    1. auch link up sich verketten oder -binden oder -knüpfen (to, with mit)
    2. auch link up fig sich zusammenfügen
    link2 [lıŋk] s HIST Fackel f (als Straßenbeleuchtung)
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (of chain) Glied, das
    2) (connecting part) Bindeglied, das; Verbindung, die

    road/rail link — Straßen-/Zugverbindung, die

    3) see linkman 1)
    2. transitive verb
    1) (connect) verbinden
    2)
    3. intransitive verb
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    (chain) n.
    Glied -er n. n.
    Band ¨-e n.
    Bindeglied n.
    Gelenk -e n.
    Verbindung f.
    Verbindungsstück n. v.
    binden v.
    (§ p.,pp.: band, gebunden)
    verbinden v.

    English-german dictionary > link

  • 20 link

    liŋk
    1. noun
    1) (a ring of a chain: There was a worn link in the chain and it broke; an important link in the chain of the evidence.) eslabón
    2) (anything connecting two things: His job was to act as a link between the government and the press.) enlace, vínculo, lazo

    2. verb
    (to connect as by a link: The new train service links the suburbs with the heart of the city.) unir, conectar
    link1 n
    1. eslabón
    2. enlace / conexión
    3. vínculo / lazo / relación
    link2 vb
    1. unir / conectar
    2. vincular / relacionar
    tr[lɪŋk]
    3 figurative use vínculo, lazo
    1 unir, conectar
    2 figurative use vincular, relacionar
    1 campo m sing de golf
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to link arms tomarse del brazo
    weak link figurative use punto débil
    link ['lɪŋk] vt
    : unir, enlazar, conectar
    link vi
    to link up : unirse, conectar
    link n
    1) : eslabón m (de una cadena)
    2) bond: conexión f, lazo m, vínculo m
    n.
    campo de golf s.m.
    enlace s.m.
    eslabón s.m.
    nexo s.m.
    v.
    engarzar v.
    engazar v.
    enlazar (Teléfono) v.
    eslabonar v.
    ligar v.
    lɪŋk
    I
    1)
    a) ( in chain) eslabón m

    the missing link — ( Anthrop) el eslabón perdido

    2)
    a) ( connection) conexión f
    b) (tie, bond) vínculo m, lazo m
    c) (Telec, Transp) conexión f, enlace m

    rail/air link — conexión ferroviaria/aérea

    d) ( Comput) (between programs, terminals) enlace m; ( in compilation) montaje m

    II
    1.
    a) \<\<components\>\> unir, enlazar*; \<\<terminals\>\> conectar

    to link armstomarse or (esp Esp) cogerse* del brazo

    b) \<\<buildings/towns\>\> unir, conectar
    c) \<\<facts/events\>\> relacionar

    to link something TO/WITH something — relacionar algo con algo


    2.
    vi
    a) link up 1)
    b) (Comput, Telec)

    to link INTO somethingconectar or enlazar* con algo

    Phrasal Verbs:
    [lɪŋk]
    1. N
    1) [of chain] eslabón m

    the last link in the chain — (fig) el último eslabón en la cadena

    the missing link — (fig) el eslabón perdido

    weak link — (fig) punto m débil

    2) (=connection) relación f, conexión f

    the link between smoking and lung cancerla relación or conexión entre el tabaco y el cáncer de pulmón

    3) (=tie, association) vínculo m, lazo m

    cultural links — vínculos mpl or lazos mpl culturales

    to have links with sth/sb — tener vínculos or lazos con algo/algn

    we now have closer links with overseas universitiesahora tenemos vínculos or lazos más estrechos con universidades extranjeras

    trade links — vínculos mpl or lazos mpl comerciales

    4) (Travel) enlace m, conexión f

    rail/air/road links — enlaces mpl ferroviarios/aéreos/por carretera, conexiones fpl ferroviarias/aéreas/por carretera

    5) (Telec, TV, Rad)

    radio/telephone/satellite link — conexión f radiofónica/telefónica/vía satélite

    6) (Internet) enlace m ; links
    2. VT
    1) (=join, connect) [+ parts, units] unir (to a); conectar (to con); [+ computers] conectar (to con); [+ towns, buildings] comunicar, conectar

    the Channel Tunnel links Britain and Franceel túnel del Canal de la Mancha comunica or conecta Gran Bretaña con Francia, el túnel del Canal de la Mancha une a Gran Bretaña y Francia

    to link arms — tomarse del brazo, cogerse del brazo (Sp)

    to be linked into a system — (Comput) estar conectado a un sistema

    to link two machines togetherconectar dos máquinas

    2) (=relate) relacionar

    the evidence linking smoking with early deathlas pruebas que relacionan or que establecen una relación entre el tabaco y las muertes prematuras

    3. VI
    1)

    to link together[parts, components] encajar

    2)

    to link into sth — (Comput) conectar con algo

    * * *
    [lɪŋk]
    I
    1)
    a) ( in chain) eslabón m

    the missing link — ( Anthrop) el eslabón perdido

    2)
    a) ( connection) conexión f
    b) (tie, bond) vínculo m, lazo m
    c) (Telec, Transp) conexión f, enlace m

    rail/air link — conexión ferroviaria/aérea

    d) ( Comput) (between programs, terminals) enlace m; ( in compilation) montaje m

    II
    1.
    a) \<\<components\>\> unir, enlazar*; \<\<terminals\>\> conectar

    to link armstomarse or (esp Esp) cogerse* del brazo

    b) \<\<buildings/towns\>\> unir, conectar
    c) \<\<facts/events\>\> relacionar

    to link something TO/WITH something — relacionar algo con algo


    2.
    vi
    a) link up 1)
    b) (Comput, Telec)

    to link INTO somethingconectar or enlazar* con algo

    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > link

См. также в других словарях:

  • strong connection — index adhesion (loyalty) Burton s Legal Thesaurus. William C. Burton. 2006 …   Law dictionary

  • Connection — Con*nec tion, n. [Cf. {Connexion}.] 1. The act of connecting, or the state of being connected; the act or process of bringing two things into contact; junction; union; as, the connection between church and state is inescapable; the connection of… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Connection-oriented Ethernet — refers to the transformation of Ethernet, a connectionless communication system by design, into a connection oriented system. The aim of connection oriented Ethernet is to create a networking technology that combines the flexibility and cost… …   Wikipedia

  • strong mark — n: a trademark or service mark that is distinctive and is used in a fictitious, arbitrary, or fanciful manner in connection with a product compare weak mark ◇ A strong mark is afforded greater trademark protection than a weak mark. Merriam… …   Law dictionary

  • connection — noun 1 relationship between two things ADJECTIVE ▪ clear, close, direct, intimate, strong ▪ There is a close connection between family background and academic achievement. ▪ tenuous …   Collocations dictionary

  • strong force — Physics. 1. the short range attractive force between baryons that holds together the nucleus of the atom. 2. Also called color force. the force between quarks. Cf. gluon, strong interaction. [1965 70] * * * or strong nuclear force Fundamental… …   Universalium

  • strong — adj. VERBS ▪ be, feel, look ▪ become, get, grow ▪ remain, stay ▪ …   Collocations dictionary

  • Strong link weak link — A Strong link / weak link and Exclusion zone nuclear detonation mechanism is a type of safety mechanism employed in the arming and firing mechanisms of modern nuclear weapons. It is a form of automatic safety interlock. [… …   Wikipedia

  • In this connection — Connection Con*nec tion, n. [Cf. {Connexion}.] 1. The act of connecting, or the state of being connected; the act or process of bringing two things into contact; junction; union; as, the connection between church and state is inescapable; the… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Christopher Street Connection — Tag team Members Buff E Mace Mendoza Fun Athletic Guy (manager) Jailbait (valet) Allison Danger ( …   Wikipedia

  • Rotary Connection — Infobox musical artist Name = Rotary Connection Img capt = Img size = (Only use for images smaller than 220 pixels) Background = group or band Birth name = Alias = Born = Died = Origin = Chicago, Illinois, USA Instrument = Genre = Psychedelic… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»